|
Rep. William Davis
Filed: 5/20/2020
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | AMENDMENT TO SENATE BILL 1569
|
2 | | AMENDMENT NO. ______. Amend Senate Bill 1569, AS AMENDED, |
3 | | by replacing everything after the enacting clause with the |
4 | | following:
|
5 | | "Section 5. The School Code is amended by changing Sections |
6 | | 1H-115, 2-3.64a-5, 2-3.71, 10-19, 10-19.05, 10-20.56, 17-2.11, |
7 | | 17-2A, 18-8.15, 21B-45, 24-11, 24-12, 24A-5, 27-3, 27-6.5, |
8 | | 27-8.1, 27-21, 27-22, 34-2.1, and 34-2.2 and by adding Sections |
9 | | 10-30, 21B-110, 21B-115, 22-89, and 34-18.66 as follows: |
10 | | (105 ILCS 5/1H-115) |
11 | | Sec. 1H-115. Abolition of Panel. |
12 | | (a) Except as provided in subsections (b), (c), and (d) , |
13 | | and (e) of this Section, the Panel shall be abolished 10 years |
14 | | after its creation. |
15 | | (b) The State Board, upon recommendation of the Panel or |
16 | | petition of the school board, may abolish the Panel at any time |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 2 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | after the Panel has been in existence for 3 years if no |
2 | | obligations of the Panel are outstanding or remain undefeased |
3 | | and upon investigation and finding that: |
4 | | (1) none of the factors specified in Section 1A-8 of |
5 | | this Code remain applicable to the district; and |
6 | | (2) there has been substantial achievement of the goals |
7 | | and objectives established pursuant to the financial plan |
8 | | and required under Section 1H-15 of this Code. |
9 | | (c) The Panel of a district that otherwise meets all of the |
10 | | requirements for abolition of a Panel under subsection (b) of |
11 | | this Section, except for the fact that there are outstanding |
12 | | financial obligations of the Panel, may petition the State |
13 | | Board for reinstatement of all of the school board's powers and |
14 | | duties assumed by the Panel; and if approved by the State |
15 | | Board, then: |
16 | | (1) the Panel shall continue in operation, but its |
17 | | powers and duties shall be limited to those necessary to |
18 | | manage and administer its outstanding obligations; |
19 | | (2) the school board shall once again begin exercising |
20 | | all of the powers and duties otherwise allowed by statute; |
21 | | and |
22 | | (3) the Panel shall be abolished as provided in |
23 | | subsection (a) of this Section. |
24 | | (d) If the Panel of a district otherwise meets all of the |
25 | | requirements for abolition of a Panel under subsection (b) of |
26 | | this Section, except for outstanding obligations of the Panel, |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 3 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | then the district may petition the State Board for abolition of |
2 | | the Panel if the district: |
3 | | (1) establishes an irrevocable trust fund, the purpose |
4 | | of which is to provide moneys to defease the outstanding |
5 | | obligations of the Panel; and |
6 | | (2) issues funding bonds pursuant to the provisions of |
7 | | Sections 19-8 and 19-9 of this Code. |
8 | | A district with a Panel that falls under this subsection |
9 | | (d) shall be abolished as provided in subsection (a) of this |
10 | | Section.
|
11 | | (e) The duration of a Panel may be continued for more than |
12 | | 10 years after the date of its creation if the State Board |
13 | | extends the Panel's duration under paragraph (3) of subsection |
14 | | (e) of Section 18-8.15 of this Code. |
15 | | (Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11; 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.) |
16 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.64a-5) |
17 | | Sec. 2-3.64a-5. State goals and assessment. |
18 | | (a) For the assessment and accountability purposes of this |
19 | | Section, "students" includes those students enrolled in a |
20 | | public or State-operated elementary school, secondary school, |
21 | | or cooperative or joint agreement with a governing body or |
22 | | board of control, a charter school operating in compliance with |
23 | | the Charter Schools Law, a school operated by a regional office |
24 | | of education under Section 13A-3 of this Code, or a public |
25 | | school administered by a local public agency or the Department |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 4 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | of Human Services. |
2 | | (b) The State Board of Education shall establish the |
3 | | academic standards that are to be applicable to students who |
4 | | are subject to State assessments under this Section. The State |
5 | | Board of Education shall not establish any such standards in |
6 | | final form without first providing opportunities for public |
7 | | participation and local input in the development of the final |
8 | | academic standards. Those opportunities shall include a |
9 | | well-publicized period of public comment and opportunities to |
10 | | file written comments. |
11 | | (c) Beginning no later than the 2014-2015 school year, the |
12 | | State Board of Education shall annually assess all students |
13 | | enrolled in grades 3 through 8 in English language arts and |
14 | | mathematics. |
15 | | Beginning no later than the 2017-2018 school year, the |
16 | | State Board of Education shall annually assess all students in |
17 | | science at one grade in grades 3 through 5, at one grade in |
18 | | grades 6 through 8, and at one grade in grades 9 through 12. |
19 | | The State Board of Education shall annually assess schools |
20 | | that operate a secondary education program, as defined in |
21 | | Section 22-22 of this Code, in English language arts and |
22 | | mathematics. The State Board of Education shall administer no |
23 | | more than 3 assessments, per student, of English language arts |
24 | | and mathematics for students in a secondary education program. |
25 | | One of these assessments shall be recognized by this State's |
26 | | public institutions of higher education, as defined in the |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 5 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | Board of Higher Education Act, for the purpose of student |
2 | | application or admissions consideration. The assessment |
3 | | administered by the State Board of Education for the purpose of |
4 | | student application to or admissions consideration by |
5 | | institutions of higher education must be administered on a |
6 | | school day during regular student attendance hours. |
7 | | Students who do not take the State's final accountability |
8 | | assessment or its approved alternate assessment may not receive |
9 | | a regular high school diploma unless the student is exempted |
10 | | from taking the State assessments under subsection (d) of this |
11 | | Section because the student is enrolled in a program of adult |
12 | | and continuing education, as defined in the Adult Education |
13 | | Act, or the student is identified by the State Board of |
14 | | Education, through rules, as being exempt from the assessment. |
15 | | The State Board of Education shall not assess students |
16 | | under this Section in subjects not required by this Section. |
17 | | Districts shall inform their students of the timelines and |
18 | | procedures applicable to their participation in every yearly |
19 | | administration of the State assessments.
The State Board of |
20 | | Education shall establish periods of time in each school year |
21 | | during which State assessments shall occur to meet the |
22 | | objectives of this Section. |
23 | | The requirements of this subsection do not apply if the |
24 | | State Board of Education has received a waiver from the |
25 | | administration of assessments from the U.S. Department of |
26 | | Education. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 6 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (d) Every individualized educational program as described |
2 | | in Article 14 shall identify if the State assessment or |
3 | | components thereof require accommodation for the student. The |
4 | | State Board of Education shall develop rules governing the |
5 | | administration of an alternate assessment that may be available |
6 | | to students for whom participation in this State's regular |
7 | | assessments is not appropriate, even with accommodations as |
8 | | allowed under this Section. |
9 | | Students receiving special education services whose |
10 | | individualized educational programs identify them as eligible |
11 | | for the alternative State assessments nevertheless shall have |
12 | | the option of also taking this State's regular final |
13 | | accountability assessment, which shall be administered in |
14 | | accordance with the eligible accommodations appropriate for |
15 | | meeting these students' respective needs. |
16 | | All students determined to be English learners shall |
17 | | participate in the State assessments. The scores of those |
18 | | students who have been enrolled in schools in the United States |
19 | | for less than 12 months may not be used for the purposes of |
20 | | accountability. Any student determined to be an English learner |
21 | | shall receive appropriate assessment accommodations, including |
22 | | language supports, which shall be established by rule. Approved |
23 | | assessment accommodations must be provided until the student's |
24 | | English language skills develop to the extent that the student |
25 | | is no longer considered to be an English learner, as |
26 | | demonstrated through a State-identified English language |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 7 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | proficiency assessment. |
2 | | (e) The results or scores of each assessment taken under |
3 | | this Section shall be made available to the parents of each |
4 | | student. |
5 | | In each school year, the scores attained by a student on |
6 | | the final accountability assessment must be placed in the |
7 | | student's permanent record pursuant to rules that the State |
8 | | Board of Education shall adopt for that purpose in accordance |
9 | | with Section 3 of the Illinois School Student Records Act. In |
10 | | each school year, the scores attained by a student on the State |
11 | | assessments administered in grades 3 through 8 must be placed |
12 | | in the student's temporary record. |
13 | | (f) All schools shall administer the State's academic |
14 | | assessment of English language proficiency to all children |
15 | | determined to be English learners. |
16 | | (g) All schools in this State that are part of the sample |
17 | | drawn by the National Center for Education Statistics, in |
18 | | collaboration with their school districts and the State Board |
19 | | of Education, shall administer the academic assessments under |
20 | | the National Assessment of Educational Progress carried out |
21 | | under Section 411(b)(2) of the federal National Education |
22 | | Statistics Act of 1994 (20 U.S.C. 9010) if the U.S. Secretary |
23 | | of Education pays the costs of administering the assessments. |
24 | | (h) (Blank). |
25 | | (i) For the purposes of this subsection (i), "academically |
26 | | based assessments" means assessments consisting of questions |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 8 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | and answers that are measurable and quantifiable to measure the |
2 | | knowledge, skills, and ability of students in the subject |
3 | | matters covered by the assessments. All assessments |
4 | | administered pursuant to this Section must be academically |
5 | | based assessments. The scoring of academically based |
6 | | assessments shall be reliable, valid, and fair and shall meet |
7 | | the guidelines for assessment development and use prescribed by |
8 | | the American Psychological Association, the National Council |
9 | | on Measurement in Education, and the American Educational |
10 | | Research Association. |
11 | | The State Board of Education shall review the use of all |
12 | | assessment item types in order to ensure that they are valid |
13 | | and reliable indicators of student performance aligned to the |
14 | | learning standards being assessed and that the development, |
15 | | administration, and scoring of these item types are justifiable |
16 | | in terms of cost. |
17 | | (j) The State Superintendent of Education shall appoint a |
18 | | committee of no more than 21 members, consisting of parents, |
19 | | teachers, school administrators, school board members, |
20 | | assessment experts, regional superintendents of schools, and |
21 | | citizens, to review the State assessments administered by the |
22 | | State Board of Education. The Committee shall select one of its |
23 | | members as its chairperson. The Committee shall meet on an |
24 | | ongoing basis to review the content and design of the |
25 | | assessments (including whether the requirements of subsection |
26 | | (i) of this Section have been met), the time and money expended |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 9 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | at the local and State levels to prepare for and administer the |
2 | | assessments, the collective results of the assessments as |
3 | | measured against the stated purpose of assessing student |
4 | | performance, and other issues involving the assessments |
5 | | identified by the Committee. The Committee shall make periodic |
6 | | recommendations to the State Superintendent of Education and |
7 | | the General Assembly concerning the assessments. |
8 | | (k) The State Board of Education may adopt rules to |
9 | | implement this Section.
|
10 | | (Source: P.A. 99-30, eff. 7-10-15; 99-185, eff. 1-1-16; 99-642, |
11 | | eff. 7-28-16; 100-7, eff. 7-1-17; 100-222, eff. 8-18-17; |
12 | | 100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 100-1046, eff. 8-23-18.)
|
13 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.71) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.71)
|
14 | | Sec. 2-3.71. Grants for preschool educational programs. |
15 | | (a) Preschool program.
|
16 | | (1) The State Board of Education shall implement and |
17 | | administer
a grant program under the provisions of this |
18 | | subsection which shall
consist of grants to public school |
19 | | districts and other eligible entities, as defined by the |
20 | | State Board of Education, to conduct voluntary
preschool
|
21 | | educational programs for children ages 3 to 5 which include |
22 | | a parent
education component. A public school district |
23 | | which receives grants under
this subsection may |
24 | | subcontract with other entities that are eligible to |
25 | | conduct a preschool educational
program. These grants must |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 10 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | be used to supplement, not supplant, funds received from |
2 | | any other source.
|
3 | | (2) (Blank).
|
4 | | (3) Except as otherwise provided under this subsection |
5 | | (a), any teacher of preschool children in the program |
6 | | authorized by this
subsection shall hold a Professional |
7 | | Educator License with an early childhood education |
8 | | endorsement. |
9 | | (3.5) Beginning with the 2018-2019 school year and |
10 | | until the 2023-2024 school year, an individual may teach |
11 | | preschool children in an early childhood program under this |
12 | | Section if he or she holds a Professional Educator License |
13 | | with an early childhood education endorsement or with |
14 | | short-term approval for early childhood education or he or |
15 | | she pursues a Professional Educator License and holds any |
16 | | of the following: |
17 | | (A) An ECE Credential Level of 5 awarded by the |
18 | | Department of Human Services under the Gateways to |
19 | | Opportunity Program developed under Section 10-70 of |
20 | | the Department of Human Services Act. |
21 | | (B) An Educator License with Stipulations with a |
22 | | transitional bilingual educator endorsement and he or |
23 | | she has (i) passed an early childhood education content |
24 | | test or (ii) completed no less than 9 semester hours of |
25 | | postsecondary coursework in the area of early |
26 | | childhood education.
|
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 11 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (4) (Blank).
|
2 | | (4.5) The State Board of Education shall provide the |
3 | | primary source of
funding through appropriations for the |
4 | | program.
Such funds shall be distributed to achieve a goal |
5 | | of "Preschool for All Children" for the benefit
of all |
6 | | children whose families choose to participate in the |
7 | | program. Based on available appropriations, newly funded |
8 | | programs shall be selected through a process giving first |
9 | | priority to qualified programs serving primarily at-risk |
10 | | children and second priority to qualified programs serving |
11 | | primarily children with a family income of less than 4 |
12 | | times the poverty guidelines updated periodically in the |
13 | | Federal Register by the U.S. Department of Health and Human |
14 | | Services under the authority of 42 U.S.C. 9902(2). For |
15 | | purposes of this paragraph (4.5), at-risk children are |
16 | | those who because of their home and community environment |
17 | | are subject
to such language, cultural, economic and like |
18 | | disadvantages to cause them to have
been determined as a |
19 | | result of screening procedures to be at risk of
academic |
20 | | failure. Such screening procedures shall be based on |
21 | | criteria
established by the State Board of Education. |
22 | | Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4.5), |
23 | | grantees under the program must enter into a memorandum of |
24 | | understanding with the appropriate local Head Start |
25 | | agency. This memorandum must be entered into no later than |
26 | | 3 months after the award of a grantee's grant under the |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 12 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | program, except that, in the case of the 2009-2010 program |
2 | | year, the memorandum must be entered into no later than the |
3 | | deadline set by the State Board of Education for |
4 | | applications to participate in the program in fiscal year |
5 | | 2011, and must address collaboration between the grantee's |
6 | | program and the local Head Start agency on certain issues, |
7 | | which shall include without limitation the following: |
8 | | (A) educational activities, curricular objectives, |
9 | | and instruction; |
10 | | (B) public information dissemination and access to |
11 | | programs for families contacting programs; |
12 | | (C) service areas; |
13 | | (D) selection priorities for eligible children to |
14 | | be served by programs; |
15 | | (E) maximizing the impact of federal and State |
16 | | funding to benefit young children; |
17 | | (F) staff training, including opportunities for |
18 | | joint staff training; |
19 | | (G) technical assistance; |
20 | | (H) communication and parent outreach for smooth |
21 | | transitions to kindergarten; |
22 | | (I) provision and use of facilities, |
23 | | transportation, and other program elements; |
24 | | (J) facilitating each program's fulfillment of its |
25 | | statutory and regulatory requirements; |
26 | | (K) improving local planning and collaboration; |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 13 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | and |
2 | | (L) providing comprehensive services for the |
3 | | neediest Illinois children and families. |
4 | | If the appropriate local Head Start agency is unable or |
5 | | unwilling to enter into a memorandum of understanding as |
6 | | required under this paragraph (4.5), the memorandum of |
7 | | understanding requirement shall not apply and the grantee |
8 | | under the program must notify the State Board of Education |
9 | | in writing of the Head Start agency's inability or |
10 | | unwillingness. The State Board of Education shall compile |
11 | | all such written notices and make them available to the |
12 | | public. |
13 | | (5) The State Board of Education shall develop and |
14 | | provide
evaluation tools, including tests, that school |
15 | | districts and other eligible entities may use to
evaluate |
16 | | children for school readiness prior to age 5. The State |
17 | | Board of
Education shall require school districts and other |
18 | | eligible entities
to obtain consent from the parents
or |
19 | | guardians of children before any evaluations are |
20 | | conducted. The State
Board of Education shall encourage |
21 | | local school districts and other eligible entities to |
22 | | evaluate the
population of preschool children in their |
23 | | communities and provide preschool
programs, pursuant to |
24 | | this subsection, where appropriate.
|
25 | | (6) The State Board of Education shall report to the |
26 | | General Assembly by November 1, 2018
and every
2 years |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 14 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | thereafter on the results and progress of
students who were |
2 | | enrolled in preschool educational programs, including an
|
3 | | assessment of which programs have been most successful in |
4 | | promoting
academic excellence and alleviating academic |
5 | | failure. The State Board of
Education shall assess the |
6 | | academic progress of all students who have been
enrolled in |
7 | | preschool educational programs.
|
8 | | On or before November 1 of each fiscal year in which |
9 | | the General Assembly provides funding for new programs |
10 | | under paragraph (4.5) of this Section, the State Board of |
11 | | Education shall report to the General Assembly on what |
12 | | percentage of new funding was provided to programs serving |
13 | | primarily at-risk children, what percentage of new funding |
14 | | was provided to programs serving primarily children with a |
15 | | family income of less than 4 times the federal poverty |
16 | | level, and what percentage of new funding was provided to |
17 | | other programs. |
18 | | (7) Due to evidence that expulsion practices in the |
19 | | preschool years are linked to poor child outcomes and are |
20 | | employed inconsistently across racial and gender groups, |
21 | | early childhood programs receiving State funds under this |
22 | | subsection (a) shall prohibit expulsions. Planned |
23 | | transitions to settings that are able to better meet a |
24 | | child's needs are not considered expulsion under this |
25 | | paragraph (7). |
26 | | (A) When persistent and serious challenging |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 15 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | behaviors emerge, the early childhood program shall |
2 | | document steps taken to ensure that the child can |
3 | | participate safely in the program; including |
4 | | observations of initial and ongoing challenging |
5 | | behaviors, strategies for remediation and intervention |
6 | | plans to address the behaviors, and communication with |
7 | | the parent or legal guardian, including participation |
8 | | of the parent or legal guardian in planning and |
9 | | decision-making. |
10 | | (B) The early childhood program shall, with |
11 | | parental or legal guardian consent as required, |
12 | | utilize a range of community resources, if available |
13 | | and deemed necessary, including, but not limited to, |
14 | | developmental screenings, referrals to programs and |
15 | | services administered by a local educational agency or |
16 | | early intervention agency under Parts B and C of the |
17 | | federal Individual with Disabilities Education Act, |
18 | | and consultation with infant and early childhood |
19 | | mental health consultants and the child's health care |
20 | | provider. The program shall document attempts to |
21 | | engage these resources, including parent or legal |
22 | | guardian participation and consent attempted and |
23 | | obtained. Communication with the parent or legal |
24 | | guardian shall take place in a culturally and |
25 | | linguistically competent manner. |
26 | | (C) If there is documented evidence that all |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 16 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | available interventions and supports recommended by a |
2 | | qualified professional have been exhausted and the |
3 | | program determines in its professional judgment that |
4 | | transitioning a child to another program is necessary |
5 | | for the well-being of the child or his or her peers and |
6 | | staff, with parent or legal guardian permission, both |
7 | | the current and pending programs shall create a |
8 | | transition plan designed to ensure continuity of |
9 | | services and the comprehensive development of the |
10 | | child. Communication with families shall occur in a |
11 | | culturally and linguistically competent manner. |
12 | | (D) Nothing in this paragraph (7) shall preclude a |
13 | | parent's or legal guardian's right to voluntarily |
14 | | withdraw his or her child from an early childhood |
15 | | program. Early childhood programs shall request and |
16 | | keep on file, when received, a written statement from |
17 | | the parent or legal guardian stating the reason for his |
18 | | or her decision to withdraw his or her child. |
19 | | (E) In the case of the determination of a serious |
20 | | safety threat to a child or others or in the case of |
21 | | behaviors listed in subsection (d) of Section 10-22.6 |
22 | | of this Code, the temporary removal of a child from |
23 | | attendance in group settings may be used. Temporary |
24 | | removal of a child from attendance in a group setting |
25 | | shall trigger the process detailed in subparagraphs |
26 | | (A), (B), and (C) of this paragraph (7), with the child |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 17 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | placed back in a group setting as quickly as possible. |
2 | | (F) Early childhood programs may utilize and the |
3 | | State Board of Education, the Department of Human |
4 | | Services, and the Department of Children and Family |
5 | | Services shall recommend training, technical support, |
6 | | and professional development resources to improve the |
7 | | ability of teachers, administrators, program |
8 | | directors, and other staff to promote social-emotional |
9 | | development and behavioral health, to address |
10 | | challenging behaviors, and to understand trauma and |
11 | | trauma-informed care, cultural competence, family |
12 | | engagement with diverse populations, the impact of |
13 | | implicit bias on adult behavior, and the use of |
14 | | reflective practice techniques. Support shall include |
15 | | the availability of resources to contract with infant |
16 | | and early childhood mental health consultants. |
17 | | (G) Beginning on July 1, 2018, early childhood |
18 | | programs shall annually report to the State Board of |
19 | | Education, and, beginning in fiscal year 2020, the |
20 | | State Board of Education shall make available on a |
21 | | biennial basis, in an existing report, all of the |
22 | | following data for children from birth to age 5 who are |
23 | | served by the program: |
24 | | (i) Total number served over the course of the |
25 | | program year and the total number of children who |
26 | | left the program during the program year. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 18 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (ii) Number of planned transitions to another |
2 | | program due to children's behavior, by children's |
3 | | race, gender, disability, language, class/group |
4 | | size, teacher-child ratio, and length of program |
5 | | day. |
6 | | (iii) Number of temporary removals of a child |
7 | | from attendance in group settings due to a serious |
8 | | safety threat under subparagraph (E) of this |
9 | | paragraph (7), by children's race, gender, |
10 | | disability, language, class/group size, |
11 | | teacher-child ratio, and length of program day. |
12 | | (iv) Hours of infant and early childhood |
13 | | mental health consultant contact with program |
14 | | leaders, staff, and families over the program |
15 | | year. |
16 | | (H) Changes to services for children with an |
17 | | individualized education program or individual family |
18 | | service plan shall be construed in a manner consistent |
19 | | with the federal Individuals with Disabilities |
20 | | Education Act. |
21 | | The State Board of Education, in consultation with the |
22 | | Governor's Office of Early Childhood Development and the |
23 | | Department of Children and Family Services, shall adopt |
24 | | rules to administer this paragraph (7). |
25 | | (b) (Blank).
|
26 | | (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 19 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | grantees may serve children ages 0 to 12 of essential workers |
2 | | if the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health |
3 | | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency |
4 | | Management Agency Act. For the purposes of this subsection, |
5 | | essential workers include those outlined in Executive Order |
6 | | 20-8 and school employees. The State Board of Education shall |
7 | | adopt rules to administer this subsection. |
8 | | (Source: P.A. 100-105, eff. 1-1-18; 100-645, eff. 7-27-18.)
|
9 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-19) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-19)
|
10 | | Sec. 10-19. Length of school term - experimental programs. |
11 | | Each school
board shall annually prepare a calendar for the |
12 | | school term, specifying
the opening and closing dates and |
13 | | providing a minimum term of at least 185
days to insure 176 |
14 | | days of actual pupil attendance, computable under Section |
15 | | 10-19.05, except that for the 1980-1981 school year only 175 |
16 | | days
of actual
pupil attendance shall be required because of |
17 | | the closing of schools pursuant
to Section 24-2 on January 29, |
18 | | 1981 upon the appointment by the President
of that day as a day |
19 | | of thanksgiving for the freedom of the Americans who
had been |
20 | | held hostage in Iran. Any days allowed by law for teachers' |
21 | | institutes
but not used as such or used as parental institutes |
22 | | as provided
in Section 10-22.18d shall increase the minimum |
23 | | term by the school days not
so used. Except as provided in |
24 | | Section 10-19.1, the board may not extend
the school term |
25 | | beyond such closing date unless that extension of term is
|
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 20 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | necessary to provide the minimum number of computable days. In |
2 | | case of
such necessary extension school employees
shall be paid |
3 | | for such additional time on the basis of their regular
|
4 | | contracts. A school board may specify a closing date earlier |
5 | | than that
set on the annual calendar when the schools of the |
6 | | district have
provided the minimum number of computable days |
7 | | under this Section.
Nothing in this Section prevents the board |
8 | | from employing
superintendents of schools, principals and |
9 | | other nonteaching personnel
for a period of 12 months, or in |
10 | | the case of superintendents for a
period in accordance with |
11 | | Section 10-23.8, or prevents the board from
employing other |
12 | | personnel before or after the regular school term with
payment |
13 | | of salary proportionate to that received for comparable work
|
14 | | during the school term. Remote learning days and up to 5 remote |
15 | | learning planning days established under Section 10-30 shall be |
16 | | deemed pupil attendance days for calculation of the length of a |
17 | | school term under this Section.
|
18 | | A school board may make such changes in its calendar for |
19 | | the school term
as may be required by any changes in the legal |
20 | | school holidays prescribed
in Section 24-2. A school board may |
21 | | make changes in its calendar for the
school term as may be |
22 | | necessary to reflect the utilization of teachers'
institute |
23 | | days as parental institute days as provided in Section |
24 | | 10-22.18d.
|
25 | | The calendar for the school term and any changes must be |
26 | | submitted to and approved by the regional superintendent of |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 21 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | schools before the calendar or changes may take effect.
|
2 | | With the prior approval of the State Board of Education and |
3 | | subject
to review by the State Board of Education every 3 |
4 | | years, any school
board may, by resolution of its board and in |
5 | | agreement with affected
exclusive collective bargaining |
6 | | agents, establish experimental
educational programs, including |
7 | | but not limited to programs for e-learning days as authorized |
8 | | under Section 10-20.56 of this Code,
self-directed learning, or |
9 | | outside of formal class periods, which programs
when so |
10 | | approved shall be considered to comply with the requirements of
|
11 | | this Section as respects numbers of days of actual pupil |
12 | | attendance and
with the other requirements of this Act as |
13 | | respects courses of instruction.
|
14 | | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 101-12, eff. 7-1-19.)
|
15 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-19.05) |
16 | | Sec. 10-19.05. Daily pupil attendance calculation. |
17 | | (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, for a |
18 | | pupil of legal school age and in kindergarten or any of grades |
19 | | 1 through 12, a day of attendance shall be counted only for |
20 | | sessions of not less than 5 clock hours of school work per day |
21 | | under direct supervision of (i) teachers or (ii) non-teaching |
22 | | personnel or volunteer personnel when engaging in non-teaching |
23 | | duties and supervising in those instances specified in |
24 | | subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section |
25 | | 34-18. Days of attendance by pupils through verified |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 22 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | participation in an e-learning program adopted by a school |
2 | | board and verified by the regional office of education or |
3 | | intermediate service center for the school district under |
4 | | Section 10-20.56 of this Code shall be considered as full days |
5 | | of attendance under this Section. |
6 | | (b) A pupil regularly enrolled in a public school for only |
7 | | a part of the school day may be counted on the basis of |
8 | | one-sixth of a school day for every class hour of instruction |
9 | | of 40 minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment, |
10 | | unless a pupil is enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 |
11 | | minutes or more of instruction, in which case the pupil may be |
12 | | counted on the basis of the proportion of minutes of school |
13 | | work completed each day to the minimum number of minutes that |
14 | | school work is required to be held that day. |
15 | | (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted as a |
16 | | day of attendance upon certification by the regional |
17 | | superintendent of schools and approval by the State |
18 | | Superintendent of Education to the extent that the district has |
19 | | been forced to use daily multiple sessions. |
20 | | (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted as a |
21 | | day of attendance (1) when the remainder of the school day or |
22 | | at least 2 hours in the evening of that day is utilized for an |
23 | | in-service training program for teachers, up to a maximum of 10 |
24 | | days per school year, provided that a district conducts an |
25 | | in-service training program for teachers in accordance with |
26 | | Section 10-22.39 of this Code, or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 23 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | full days may be used, in which event each such day may be |
2 | | counted as a day required for a legal school calendar pursuant |
3 | | to Section 10-19 of this Code; (2) when, of the 5 days allowed |
4 | | under item (1), a maximum of 4 days are used for parent-teacher |
5 | | conferences, or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days are used, |
6 | | in which case each such day may be counted as a calendar day |
7 | | required under Section 10-19 of this Code, provided that the |
8 | | full-day, parent-teacher conference consists of (i) a minimum |
9 | | of 5 clock hours of parent-teacher conferences, (ii) both a |
10 | | minimum of 2 clock hours of parent-teacher conferences held in |
11 | | the evening following a full day of student attendance and a |
12 | | minimum of 3 clock hours of parent-teacher conferences held on |
13 | | the day immediately following evening parent-teacher |
14 | | conferences, or (iii) multiple parent-teacher conferences held |
15 | | in the evenings following full days of student attendance in |
16 | | which the time used for the parent-teacher conferences is |
17 | | equivalent to a minimum of 5 clock hours; and (3) when days in |
18 | | addition to those provided in items (1) and (2) are scheduled |
19 | | by a school pursuant to its school improvement plan adopted |
20 | | under Article 34 or its revised or amended school improvement |
21 | | plan adopted under Article 2, provided that (i) such sessions |
22 | | of 3 or more clock hours are scheduled to occur at regular |
23 | | intervals, (ii) the remainder of the school days in which such |
24 | | sessions occur are utilized for in-service training programs or |
25 | | other staff development activities for teachers, and (iii) a |
26 | | sufficient number of minutes of school work under the direct |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 24 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | supervision of teachers are added to the school days between |
2 | | such regularly scheduled sessions to accumulate not less than |
3 | | the number of minutes by which such sessions of 3 or more clock |
4 | | hours fall short of 5 clock hours. Days scheduled for |
5 | | in-service training programs, staff development activities, or |
6 | | parent-teacher conferences may be scheduled separately for |
7 | | different grade levels and different attendance centers of the |
8 | | district. |
9 | | (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of teaching |
10 | | hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by telephone to the |
11 | | classroom may be counted as a half day of attendance; however, |
12 | | these pupils must receive 4 or more clock hours of instruction |
13 | | to be counted for a full day of attendance. |
14 | | (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted as a |
15 | | day of attendance for first grade pupils and pupils in full-day |
16 | | kindergartens, and a session of 2 or more hours may be counted |
17 | | as a half day of attendance by pupils in kindergartens that |
18 | | provide only half days of attendance. |
19 | | (g) For children with disabilities who are below the age of |
20 | | 6 years and who cannot attend 2 or more clock hours because of |
21 | | their disability or immaturity, a session of not less than one |
22 | | clock hour may be counted as a half day of attendance; however, |
23 | | for such children whose educational needs require a session of |
24 | | 4 or more clock hours, a session of at least 4 clock hours may |
25 | | be counted as a full day of attendance. |
26 | | (h) A recognized kindergarten that provides for only a half |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 25 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | day of attendance by each pupil shall not have more than one |
2 | | half day of attendance counted in any one day. However, |
3 | | kindergartens may count 2 and a half days of attendance in any |
4 | | 5 consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a |
5 | | kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the pupil |
6 | | shall have the following day as a day absent from school, |
7 | | unless the school district obtains permission in writing from |
8 | | the State Superintendent of Education. Attendance at |
9 | | kindergartens that provide for a full day of attendance by each |
10 | | pupil shall be counted the same as attendance by first grade |
11 | | pupils. Only the first year of attendance in one kindergarten |
12 | | shall be counted, except in the case of children who entered |
13 | | the kindergarten in their fifth year whose educational |
14 | | development requires a second year of kindergarten as |
15 | | determined under rules of the State Board of Education. |
16 | | (i) On the days when the State's final accountability |
17 | | assessment is administered under subsection (c) of Section |
18 | | 2-3.64a-5 of this Code, the day of attendance for a pupil whose |
19 | | school day must be shortened to accommodate required testing |
20 | | procedures may be less than 5 clock hours and shall be counted |
21 | | toward the 176 days of actual pupil attendance required under |
22 | | Section 10-19 of this Code, provided that a sufficient number |
23 | | of minutes of school work in excess of 5 clock hours are first |
24 | | completed on other school days to compensate for the loss of |
25 | | school work on the examination days. |
26 | | (j) Pupils enrolled in a remote educational program |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 26 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | established under Section 10-29 of this Code may be counted on |
2 | | the basis of a one-fifth day of attendance for every clock hour |
3 | | of instruction attended in the remote educational program, |
4 | | provided that, in any month, the school district may not claim |
5 | | for a student enrolled in a remote educational program more |
6 | | days of attendance than the maximum number of days of |
7 | | attendance the district can claim (i) for students enrolled in |
8 | | a building holding year-round classes if the student is |
9 | | classified as participating in the remote educational program |
10 | | on a year-round schedule or (ii) for students enrolled in a |
11 | | building not holding year-round classes if the student is not |
12 | | classified as participating in the remote educational program |
13 | | on a year-round schedule. |
14 | | (j-5) The clock hour requirements of subsections (a) |
15 | | through (j) of this Section do not apply if the Governor has |
16 | | declared a disaster due to a public health emergency pursuant |
17 | | to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. |
18 | | The State Superintendent of Education may establish minimum |
19 | | clock hour requirements under Section 10-30 if the Governor has |
20 | | declared a disaster due to a public health emergency pursuant |
21 | | to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. |
22 | | (k) Pupil participation in any of the following activities |
23 | | shall be counted toward the calculation of clock hours of |
24 | | school work per day: |
25 | | (1) Instruction in a college course in which a student |
26 | | is dually enrolled for both high school credit and college |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 27 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | credit. |
2 | | (2) Participation in a Supervised Career Development |
3 | | Experience, as defined in Section 10 of the Postsecondary |
4 | | and Workforce Readiness Act, in which student |
5 | | participation and learning outcomes are supervised by an |
6 | | educator licensed under Article 21B. |
7 | | (3) Participation in a youth apprenticeship, as |
8 | | jointly defined in rules of the State Board of Education |
9 | | and Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity, in |
10 | | which student participation and outcomes are supervised by |
11 | | an educator licensed under Article 21B. |
12 | | (4) Participation in a blended learning program |
13 | | approved by the school district in which course content, |
14 | | student evaluation, and instructional methods are |
15 | | supervised by an educator licensed under Article 21B.
|
16 | | (Source: P.A. 101-12, eff. 7-1-19.) |
17 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.56) |
18 | | Sec. 10-20.56. E-learning days. |
19 | | (a) The State Board of Education shall establish and |
20 | | maintain, for implementation in school districts, a program for |
21 | | use of electronic-learning (e-learning) days, as described in |
22 | | this
Section. School districts may utilize a program approved |
23 | | under this Section for use during remote learning days under |
24 | | Section 10-30. |
25 | | (b) The school board of a school district may, by |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 28 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | resolution, adopt a research-based program or
research-based |
2 | | programs for e-learning days district-wide that shall permit |
3 | | student instruction to be received electronically while |
4 | | students are not physically present in lieu of the district's |
5 | | scheduled emergency days as required by Section 10-19 of this |
6 | | Code. The research-based program or programs may not exceed the |
7 | | minimum number of emergency days in the approved school |
8 | | calendar and must be verified by the regional office of |
9 | | education or intermediate service center for the school |
10 | | district on or before September 1st annually to ensure access |
11 | | for all students. The regional office of education or |
12 | | intermediate service center shall ensure that the specific |
13 | | needs of all students are met, including special education |
14 | | students and English learners, and that all mandates are still |
15 | | met using the proposed research-based program. The e-learning |
16 | | program may utilize the Internet, telephones, texts, chat |
17 | | rooms, or other similar means of electronic communication for |
18 | | instruction and interaction between teachers and students that |
19 | | meet the needs of all
learners. The e-learning program shall |
20 | | address the school district's responsibility to ensure that all |
21 | | teachers and staff who may be involved in the provision of |
22 | | e-learning have access to any and all hardware and software |
23 | | that may be required for the program. If a proposed program |
24 | | does not address this responsibility, the school district must |
25 | | propose an alternate program. |
26 | | (c) Before its adoption by a school board, the school board |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 29 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | must hold a public hearing on a school district's initial |
2 | | proposal for an e-learning program or for renewal of such a |
3 | | program, at a regular or special meeting of the school board, |
4 | | in which the terms of the proposal must be substantially |
5 | | presented and an opportunity for allowing public comments must |
6 | | be provided. Notice of such public hearing must be provided at |
7 | | least 10 days prior to the hearing by: |
8 | | (1) publication in a newspaper of general circulation |
9 | | in the school district; |
10 | | (2) written or electronic notice designed to reach the |
11 | | parents or guardians of all students enrolled in the school |
12 | | district; and |
13 | | (3) written or electronic notice designed to reach any |
14 | | exclusive collective bargaining representatives of school |
15 | | district employees and all those employees not in a |
16 | | collective bargaining unit. |
17 | | (d) The regional office of education or intermediate |
18 | | service center for the school district must timely verify that |
19 | | a proposal for an e-learning program has met the requirements |
20 | | specified in this Section and that the proposal contains |
21 | | provisions designed to reasonably and practicably accomplish |
22 | | the following: |
23 | | (1) to ensure and verify at least 5 clock hours of |
24 | | instruction or school work, as required under Section |
25 | | 10-19.05, for each student participating in an e-learning |
26 | | day; |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 30 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (2) to ensure access from home or other appropriate |
2 | | remote facility for all students participating, including |
3 | | computers, the Internet, and other forms of electronic |
4 | | communication that must be utilized in the proposed |
5 | | program; |
6 | | (2.5) to ensure that non-electronic materials are made |
7 | | available to students participating in the program who do |
8 | | not have access to the required technology or to |
9 | | participating teachers or students who are prevented from |
10 | | accessing the required technology; |
11 | | (3) to ensure appropriate learning opportunities for |
12 | | students with special needs; |
13 | | (4) to monitor and verify each student's electronic |
14 | | participation; |
15 | | (5) to address the extent to which student |
16 | | participation is within the student's control as to the |
17 | | time, pace, and means of learning; |
18 | | (6) to provide effective notice to students and their |
19 | | parents or guardians of the use of particular days for |
20 | | e-learning; |
21 | | (7) to provide staff and students with adequate |
22 | | training for e-learning days' participation; |
23 | | (8) to ensure an opportunity for any collective |
24 | | bargaining negotiations with representatives of the school |
25 | | district's employees that would be legally required, |
26 | | including all classifications of school district employees |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 31 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | who are represented by collective bargaining agreements |
2 | | and who would be affected in the event of an e-learning |
3 | | day; |
4 | | (9) to review and revise the program as implemented to |
5 | | address difficulties confronted; and |
6 | | (10) to ensure that the protocol regarding general |
7 | | expectations and responsibilities of the program is |
8 | | communicated to teachers, staff, and students at least 30 |
9 | | days prior to utilizing an e-learning day. |
10 | | The school board's approval of a school district's initial |
11 | | e-learning program and renewal of the e-learning program shall |
12 | | be for a term of 3 years. |
13 | | (e) The State Board of Education may adopt rules consistent |
14 | | with the provision of this Section.
|
15 | | (Source: P.A. 100-760, eff. 8-10-18; 101-12, eff. 7-1-19.) |
16 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-30 new) |
17 | | Sec. 10-30. Remote learning. This Section applies if the |
18 | | Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health |
19 | | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency |
20 | | Management Agency Act. |
21 | | (1) If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a |
22 | | public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the |
23 | | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act, the State |
24 | | Superintendent of Education may declare a requirement to |
25 | | use remote learning days for a school district, multiple |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 32 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | school districts, a region, or the entire State. During |
2 | | remote learning days, schools shall conduct instruction |
3 | | remotely. Once declared, remote learning days shall be |
4 | | implemented in grades pre-kindergarten through 12 as days |
5 | | of attendance and shall be deemed pupil attendance days for |
6 | | calculation of the length of a school term under Section |
7 | | 10-19. |
8 | | (2) For purposes of this Section, a remote learning day |
9 | | may be met through a district's implementation of an |
10 | | e-learning program under Section 10-20.56. |
11 | | (3) For any district that does not implement an |
12 | | e-learning program under Section 10-20.56, the district |
13 | | shall adopt a remote learning day plan approved by the |
14 | | district superintendent. Each district may utilize remote |
15 | | learning planning days, consecutively or in separate |
16 | | increments, to develop, review, or amend its remote |
17 | | learning day plan or provide professional development to |
18 | | staff regarding remote education. Up to 5 remote learning |
19 | | planning days may be deemed pupil attendance days for |
20 | | calculation of the length of a school term under Section |
21 | | 10-19. |
22 | | (4) Each remote learning day plan shall address the |
23 | | following: |
24 | | (i) accessibility of the remote instruction to all |
25 | | students enrolled in the district; |
26 | | (ii) if applicable, a requirement that the remote |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 33 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | learning day activities reflect State learning |
2 | | standards; |
3 | | (iii) a means for students to confer with an |
4 | | educator, as necessary; |
5 | | (iv) the unique needs of students in special |
6 | | populations, including, but not limited to, students |
7 | | eligible for special education under Article 14, |
8 | | students who are English learners as defined in Section |
9 | | 14C-2, and students experiencing homelessness under |
10 | | the Education for Homeless Children Act, or vulnerable |
11 | | student populations; |
12 | | (v) how the district will take attendance and |
13 | | monitor and verify each student's remote |
14 | | participation; and |
15 | | (vi) transitions from remote learning to on-site |
16 | | learning upon the State Superintendent's declaration |
17 | | that remote learning days are no longer deemed |
18 | | necessary. |
19 | | (5) The district superintendent shall periodically |
20 | | review and amend the district's remote learning day plan, |
21 | | as needed, to ensure the plan meets the needs of all |
22 | | students. |
23 | | (6) Each remote learning day plan shall be posted on |
24 | | the district's Internet website where other policies, |
25 | | rules, and standards of conduct are posted and shall be |
26 | | provided to students and faculty. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 34 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (7) This Section does not create any additional |
2 | | employee bargaining rights and does not remove any employee |
3 | | bargaining rights. |
4 | | (8) Statutory and regulatory curricular mandates and |
5 | | offerings may be administered via a district's remote |
6 | | learning day plan, except that a district may not offer |
7 | | individual behind-the-wheel instruction required by |
8 | | Section 27-24.2 via a district's remote learning day plan.
|
9 | | This Section does not relieve schools and districts from |
10 | | completing all statutory and regulatory curricular |
11 | | mandates and offerings. |
12 | | (105 ILCS 5/17-2.11) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2.11) |
13 | | Sec. 17-2.11. School board power to levy a tax or to borrow |
14 | | money and
issue bonds for fire prevention, safety, energy |
15 | | conservation,
accessibility, school security, and specified |
16 | | repair purposes. |
17 | | (a) Whenever, as a
result of any lawful order of any |
18 | | agency,
other than a school board, having authority to enforce |
19 | | any school building code
applicable to any facility that houses |
20 | | students, or any law or regulation for
the protection and |
21 | | safety of the environment, pursuant to the Environmental
|
22 | | Protection Act, any school district having a population of less |
23 | | than 500,000
inhabitants is required to alter or reconstruct |
24 | | any school building or
permanent, fixed equipment; the district |
25 | | may, by proper resolution, levy a tax for the purpose of making |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 35 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | such alteration or reconstruction, based on a survey report by |
2 | | an architect or engineer licensed in this State, upon all of |
3 | | the taxable property of the district at the value as assessed |
4 | | by the Department of Revenue and at a rate not to exceed 0.05% |
5 | | per year for a period sufficient to finance such alteration or |
6 | | reconstruction, upon the following conditions: |
7 | | (1) When there are not sufficient funds available in |
8 | | the operations and maintenance fund of the school district, |
9 | | the school facility occupation tax fund of the district, or |
10 | | the fire prevention and safety fund of the district, as |
11 | | determined by the district on the basis of rules adopted by |
12 | | the State Board of Education, to make such alteration or |
13 | | reconstruction or to purchase and install such permanent, |
14 | | fixed equipment so ordered or determined as necessary. |
15 | | Appropriate school district records must be made available |
16 | | to the State Superintendent of Education, upon request, to |
17 | | confirm this insufficiency. |
18 | | (2) When a certified estimate of an architect or |
19 | | engineer licensed in this State stating the estimated |
20 | | amount necessary to make the alteration or reconstruction |
21 | | or to purchase and install the equipment so ordered has |
22 | | been secured by the school district, and the estimate has |
23 | | been approved by the regional superintendent of schools |
24 | | having jurisdiction over the district and the State |
25 | | Superintendent of Education. Approval must not be granted |
26 | | for any work that has already started without the prior |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 36 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | express authorization of the State Superintendent of |
2 | | Education. If the estimate is not approved or is denied |
3 | | approval by the regional superintendent of schools within 3 |
4 | | months after the date on which it is submitted to him or |
5 | | her, the school board of the district may submit the |
6 | | estimate directly to the State Superintendent of Education |
7 | | for approval or denial. |
8 | | In the case of an emergency situation, where the estimated |
9 | | cost to effectuate emergency repairs is less than the amount |
10 | | specified in Section 10-20.21 of this Code, the school district |
11 | | may proceed with such repairs prior to approval by the State |
12 | | Superintendent of Education, but shall comply with the |
13 | | provisions of subdivision (2) of this subsection (a) as soon |
14 | | thereafter as may be as well as Section 10-20.21 of this Code. |
15 | | If the estimated cost to effectuate emergency repairs is |
16 | | greater than the amount specified in Section 10-20.21 of this |
17 | | Code, then the school district shall proceed in conformity with |
18 | | Section 10-20.21 of this Code and with rules established by the |
19 | | State Board of Education to address such situations. The rules |
20 | | adopted by the State Board of Education to deal with these |
21 | | situations shall stipulate that emergency situations must be |
22 | | expedited and given priority consideration. For purposes of |
23 | | this paragraph, an emergency is a situation that presents an |
24 | | imminent and continuing threat to the health and safety of |
25 | | students or other occupants of a facility, requires complete or |
26 | | partial evacuation of a building or part of a building, or |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 37 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | consumes one or more of the 5 emergency days built into the |
2 | | adopted calendar of the school or schools or would otherwise be |
3 | | expected to cause such school or schools to fall short of the |
4 | | minimum school calendar requirements. |
5 | | (b) Whenever any such district determines that
it is |
6 | | necessary for energy conservation purposes that any school |
7 | | building
or permanent, fixed equipment should be altered or |
8 | | reconstructed and
that such alterations or reconstruction will |
9 | | be made with funds not necessary
for the completion of approved |
10 | | and recommended projects contained in any safety
survey report |
11 | | or amendments thereto authorized by Section 2-3.12 of this Act; |
12 | | the district may levy a tax or issue bonds as provided in |
13 | | subsection (a) of this Section. |
14 | | (c) Whenever
any such district determines that it is |
15 | | necessary for accessibility purposes and to comply with the |
16 | | school building
code that any
school building or equipment |
17 | | should be altered or reconstructed and that such
alterations or |
18 | | reconstruction will be made with
funds not necessary for the |
19 | | completion of approved and recommended projects
contained in |
20 | | any safety survey report or amendments thereto authorized under
|
21 | | Section 2-3.12 of this Act, the district may levy a tax or |
22 | | issue bonds as provided in subsection (a) of this Section. |
23 | | (d) Whenever any such district determines that it is
|
24 | | necessary for school
security purposes and the related |
25 | | protection and safety of pupils and school
personnel that any |
26 | | school building or property should be altered or
reconstructed |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 38 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | or that security systems and equipment (including but not |
2 | | limited
to intercom, early detection and warning, access |
3 | | control and television
monitoring systems) should be purchased |
4 | | and installed, and that such
alterations, reconstruction or |
5 | | purchase and installation of equipment will be
made with funds |
6 | | not necessary for the completion of approved and recommended
|
7 | | projects contained in any safety survey report or amendment |
8 | | thereto authorized
by Section 2-3.12 of this Act and will deter |
9 | | and prevent unauthorized entry or
activities upon school |
10 | | property by unknown or dangerous persons, assure early
|
11 | | detection and advance warning of any such actual or attempted |
12 | | unauthorized
entry or activities and help assure the continued |
13 | | safety of pupils and school
staff if any such unauthorized |
14 | | entry or activity is attempted or occurs;
the district may levy |
15 | | a tax or issue bonds as provided in subsection (a) of this |
16 | | Section. |
17 | | If such a school district determines that it is necessary |
18 | | for school security purposes and the related protection and |
19 | | safety of pupils and school staff to hire a school resource |
20 | | officer or that personnel costs for school counselors, mental |
21 | | health experts, or school resource officers are necessary and |
22 | | the district determines that it does not need funds for any of |
23 | | the other purposes set forth in this Section, then the district |
24 | | may levy a tax or issue bonds as provided in subsection (a). |
25 | | (e) If a school district does not need funds for other fire |
26 | | prevention and
safety projects, including the completion of |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 39 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | approved and recommended projects
contained in any safety |
2 | | survey report or amendments thereto authorized by
Section |
3 | | 2-3.12 of this Act, and it is determined after a public hearing |
4 | | (which
is preceded by at least one published notice (i) |
5 | | occurring at least 7 days
prior to the hearing in a newspaper |
6 | | of general circulation within the school
district and (ii) |
7 | | setting forth the time, date, place, and general subject
matter |
8 | | of the hearing) that there is a
substantial, immediate, and |
9 | | otherwise unavoidable threat to the health, safety,
or welfare |
10 | | of pupils due to disrepair of school sidewalks, playgrounds, |
11 | | parking
lots, or school bus turnarounds and repairs must be |
12 | | made; then the district may levy a tax or issue bonds as |
13 | | provided in subsection (a) of this Section. |
14 | | (f) For purposes of this Section a school district may |
15 | | replace a school
building or build additions to replace |
16 | | portions of a building when it is
determined that the |
17 | | effectuation of the recommendations for the existing
building |
18 | | will cost more than the replacement costs. Such determination |
19 | | shall
be based on a comparison of estimated costs made by an |
20 | | architect or engineer
licensed in the State of Illinois. The |
21 | | new building or addition shall be
equivalent in area (square |
22 | | feet) and comparable in purpose and grades served
and may be on |
23 | | the same site or another site. Such replacement may only be |
24 | | done
upon order of the regional superintendent of schools and |
25 | | the approval of the
State Superintendent of Education. |
26 | | (g) The filing of a certified copy of the resolution |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 40 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | levying the tax when
accompanied by the certificates of the |
2 | | regional superintendent of schools and
State Superintendent of |
3 | | Education shall be the authority of the county clerk to
extend |
4 | | such tax. |
5 | | (h) The county clerk of the county in which any school |
6 | | district levying a
tax under the authority of this Section is |
7 | | located, in reducing raised
levies, shall not consider any such |
8 | | tax as a part of the general levy
for school purposes and shall |
9 | | not include the same in the limitation of
any other tax rate |
10 | | which may be extended. |
11 | | Such tax shall be levied and collected in like manner as |
12 | | all other
taxes of school districts, subject to the provisions |
13 | | contained in this Section. |
14 | | (i) The tax rate limit specified in this Section may be |
15 | | increased to .10%
upon the approval of a proposition to effect |
16 | | such increase by a majority
of the electors voting on that |
17 | | proposition at a regular scheduled election.
Such proposition |
18 | | may be initiated by resolution of the school board and
shall be |
19 | | certified by the secretary to the proper election authorities |
20 | | for
submission in accordance with the general election law. |
21 | | (j) When taxes are levied by any school district for fire |
22 | | prevention,
safety, energy conservation, and school security |
23 | | purposes as specified in this
Section, and the purposes for |
24 | | which the taxes have been
levied are accomplished and paid in |
25 | | full, and there remain funds on hand in
the Fire Prevention and |
26 | | Safety Fund from the proceeds of the taxes levied,
including |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 41 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | interest earnings thereon, the school board by resolution shall |
2 | | use
such excess and other board restricted funds, excluding |
3 | | bond proceeds and
earnings from such proceeds, as follows: |
4 | | (1) for other authorized fire prevention,
safety, |
5 | | energy conservation, required safety inspections, school |
6 | | security purposes, sampling for lead in drinking water in |
7 | | schools, and for repair and mitigation due to lead levels |
8 | | in the drinking water supply;
or |
9 | | (2) for transfer to the Operations and Maintenance Fund
|
10 | | for the purpose of abating an equal amount of operations |
11 | | and maintenance
purposes taxes. |
12 | | Notwithstanding subdivision (2) of this subsection (j) and |
13 | | subsection (k) of this Section, through June 30, 2021 2020 , the |
14 | | school board
may, by proper resolution following a public |
15 | | hearing set by the
school board or the president of the school |
16 | | board (that is
preceded (i) by at least one published notice |
17 | | over the name of
the clerk or secretary of the board, occurring |
18 | | at least 7 days
and not more than 30 days prior to the hearing, |
19 | | in a newspaper
of general circulation within the school |
20 | | district and (ii) by
posted notice over the name of the clerk |
21 | | or secretary of the
board, at least 48 hours before the |
22 | | hearing, at the principal
office of the school board or at the |
23 | | building where the hearing
is to be held if a principal office |
24 | | does not exist, with both
notices setting forth the time, date, |
25 | | place, and subject matter
of the hearing), transfer surplus |
26 | | life safety taxes and interest earnings thereon to the |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 42 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | Operations and Maintenance Fund for building repair work. |
2 | | (k) If any transfer is made to the Operation and |
3 | | Maintenance
Fund, the secretary of the school board shall |
4 | | within 30 days notify
the county clerk of the amount of that |
5 | | transfer and direct the clerk to
abate the taxes to be extended |
6 | | for the purposes of operations and
maintenance authorized under |
7 | | Section 17-2 of this Act by an amount equal
to such transfer. |
8 | | (l) If the proceeds from the tax levy authorized by this
|
9 | | Section are insufficient to complete the work approved under |
10 | | this
Section, the school board is authorized to sell bonds |
11 | | without referendum
under the provisions of this Section in an |
12 | | amount that, when added to the
proceeds of the tax levy |
13 | | authorized by this Section, will allow completion
of the |
14 | | approved work. |
15 | | (m) Any bonds issued pursuant to this Section shall bear |
16 | | interest at a rate not to exceed the maximum rate
authorized by |
17 | | law at the time of the making of the contract, shall mature
|
18 | | within 20 years from date, and shall be signed by the president |
19 | | of the school
board and the treasurer of the school district. |
20 | | (n) In order to authorize and issue such bonds, the school |
21 | | board shall adopt
a resolution fixing the amount of bonds, the |
22 | | date thereof, the maturities
thereof, rates of interest |
23 | | thereof, place of payment and denomination,
which shall be in |
24 | | denominations of not less than $100 and not more than
$5,000, |
25 | | and provide for the levy and collection of a direct annual tax |
26 | | upon
all the taxable property in the school district sufficient |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 43 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | to pay the
principal and interest on such bonds to maturity. |
2 | | Upon the filing in the
office of the county clerk of the county |
3 | | in which the school district is
located of a certified copy of |
4 | | the resolution, it is the duty of the
county clerk to extend |
5 | | the tax therefor in addition to and in excess of all
other |
6 | | taxes heretofore or hereafter authorized to be
levied by such |
7 | | school district. |
8 | | (o) After the time such bonds are issued as provided for by |
9 | | this Section, if
additional alterations or reconstructions are |
10 | | required to be made because
of surveys conducted by an |
11 | | architect or engineer licensed in the State of
Illinois, the |
12 | | district may levy a tax at a rate not to exceed .05% per year
|
13 | | upon all the taxable property of the district or issue |
14 | | additional bonds,
whichever action shall be the most feasible. |
15 | | (p) This Section is cumulative and constitutes complete |
16 | | authority for the
issuance of bonds as provided in this Section |
17 | | notwithstanding any other
statute or law to the contrary. |
18 | | (q) With respect to instruments for the payment of money |
19 | | issued under this
Section either before, on, or after the |
20 | | effective date of Public Act 86-004
(June 6, 1989), it is, and |
21 | | always has been, the intention of the General
Assembly (i) that |
22 | | the Omnibus Bond Acts are, and always have been,
supplementary |
23 | | grants of power to issue instruments in accordance with the
|
24 | | Omnibus Bond Acts, regardless of any provision of this Act that |
25 | | may appear
to be or to have been more restrictive than those |
26 | | Acts, (ii) that the
provisions of this Section are not a |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 44 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | limitation on the supplementary
authority granted by the |
2 | | Omnibus Bond Acts, and (iii) that instruments
issued under this |
3 | | Section within the supplementary authority granted by the
|
4 | | Omnibus Bond Acts are not invalid because of any provision of |
5 | | this Act that
may appear to be or to have been more restrictive |
6 | | than those Acts. |
7 | | (r) When the purposes for which the bonds are issued have |
8 | | been accomplished
and paid for in full and there remain funds |
9 | | on hand from the proceeds of
the bond sale and interest |
10 | | earnings therefrom, the board shall, by
resolution, use such |
11 | | excess funds in accordance with the provisions of
Section |
12 | | 10-22.14 of this Act. |
13 | | (s) Whenever any tax is levied or bonds issued for fire |
14 | | prevention, safety,
energy conservation, and school security |
15 | | purposes, such proceeds shall be
deposited and accounted for |
16 | | separately within the Fire Prevention and Safety
Fund. |
17 | | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 101-455, eff. 8-23-19.)
|
18 | | (105 ILCS 5/17-2A) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2A)
|
19 | | Sec. 17-2A. Interfund transfers. |
20 | | (a) The school board of any district having a population of |
21 | | less than
500,000 inhabitants may, by proper resolution |
22 | | following a public hearing
set by the school board or the |
23 | | president of the school board
(that is preceded (i) by at least |
24 | | one published notice over the name of
the clerk
or secretary of |
25 | | the board, occurring at least 7 days and not more than 30
days
|
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 45 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | prior to the hearing, in a newspaper of general circulation |
2 | | within the
school
district and (ii) by posted notice over the |
3 | | name of the clerk or secretary of
the board, at least 48 hours |
4 | | before the hearing, at the principal office of the
school board |
5 | | or at the building where the hearing is to be held if a |
6 | | principal
office does not exist, with both notices setting |
7 | | forth the time, date, place,
and subject matter of the
|
8 | | hearing), transfer money from (1) the Educational Fund to the |
9 | | Operations
and
Maintenance Fund or the Transportation Fund, (2) |
10 | | the Operations and
Maintenance Fund to the Educational Fund or |
11 | | the Transportation Fund, (3) the
Transportation Fund to the |
12 | | Educational Fund or the Operations and Maintenance
Fund, or (4) |
13 | | the Tort Immunity Fund to the Operations and Maintenance Fund |
14 | | of said
district,
provided that, except during the period from |
15 | | July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2021 2020 , such transfer is made |
16 | | solely for the purpose of meeting one-time,
non-recurring |
17 | | expenses. Except during the period from July 1, 2003 through
|
18 | | June 30, 2021 2020 and except as otherwise provided in |
19 | | subsection (b) of this Section, any other permanent interfund |
20 | | transfers authorized
by any provision or judicial |
21 | | interpretation of this Code for which the
transferee fund is |
22 | | not precisely and specifically set forth in the provision of
|
23 | | this Code authorizing such transfer shall be made to the fund |
24 | | of the school
district most in need of the funds being |
25 | | transferred, as determined by
resolution of the school board. |
26 | | (b) (Blank).
|
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 46 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (c) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section or any |
2 | | other provision of this Code to the contrary, the school board |
3 | | of any school district (i) that is subject to the Property Tax |
4 | | Extension Limitation Law, (ii) that is an elementary district |
5 | | servicing students in grades K through 8, (iii) whose territory |
6 | | is in one county, (iv) that is eligible for Section 7002 |
7 | | Federal Impact Aid, and (v) that has no more than $81,000 in |
8 | | funds remaining from refinancing bonds that were refinanced a |
9 | | minimum of 5 years prior to January 20, 2017 (the effective |
10 | | date of Public Act 99-926) may make a one-time transfer of the |
11 | | funds remaining from the refinancing bonds to the Operations |
12 | | and Maintenance Fund of the district by proper resolution |
13 | | following a public hearing set by the school board or the |
14 | | president of the school board, with notice as provided in |
15 | | subsection (a) of this Section, so long as the district meets |
16 | | the qualifications set forth in this subsection (c) on January |
17 | | 20, 2017 (the effective date of Public Act 99-926). |
18 | | (d) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section or any |
19 | | other provision of this Code to the contrary, the school board |
20 | | of any school district (i) that is subject to the Property Tax |
21 | | Extension Limitation Law, (ii) that is a community unit school |
22 | | district servicing students in grades K through 12, (iii) whose |
23 | | territory is in one county, (iv) that owns property designated |
24 | | by the United States as a Superfund site pursuant to the |
25 | | federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and |
26 | | Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.), and (v) that |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 47 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | has an excess accumulation of funds in its bond fund, including |
2 | | funds accumulated prior to July 1, 2000, may make a one-time |
3 | | transfer of those excess funds accumulated prior to July 1, |
4 | | 2000 to the Operations and Maintenance Fund of the district by |
5 | | proper resolution following a public hearing set by the school |
6 | | board or the president of the school board, with notice as |
7 | | provided in subsection (a) of this Section, so long as the |
8 | | district meets the qualifications set forth in this subsection |
9 | | (d) on August 4, 2017 (the effective date of Public Act |
10 | | 100-32). |
11 | | (Source: P.A. 99-713, eff. 8-5-16; 99-922, eff. 1-17-17; |
12 | | 99-926, eff. 1-20-17; 100-32, eff. 8-4-17; 100-465, eff. |
13 | | 8-31-17; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18.)
|
14 | | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15) |
15 | | Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding Evidence-based |
16 | | funding for student success for the 2017-2018 and subsequent |
17 | | school years. |
18 | | (a) General provisions. |
19 | | (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by |
20 | | June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten |
21 | | through grade 12 public education system with the capacity |
22 | | to ensure the educational development of all persons to the |
23 | | limits of their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of |
24 | | Article X of the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To |
25 | | accomplish that objective, this Section creates a method of |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 48 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | funding public education that is evidence-based; is |
2 | | sufficient to ensure every student receives a meaningful |
3 | | opportunity to learn irrespective of race, ethnicity, |
4 | | sexual orientation, gender, or community-income level; and |
5 | | is sustainable and predictable. When fully funded under |
6 | | this Section, every school shall have the resources, based |
7 | | on what the evidence indicates is needed, to: |
8 | | (A) provide all students with a high quality |
9 | | education that offers the academic, enrichment, social |
10 | | and emotional support, technical, and career-focused |
11 | | programs that will allow them to become competitive |
12 | | workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of |
13 | | this State, and active members of our national |
14 | | democracy; |
15 | | (B) ensure all students receive the education they |
16 | | need to graduate from high school with the skills |
17 | | required to pursue post-secondary education and |
18 | | training for a rewarding career; |
19 | | (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the |
20 | | achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk |
21 | | students by raising the performance of at-risk |
22 | | students and not by reducing standards; and |
23 | | (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to |
24 | | assume the primary responsibility to fund public |
25 | | education and simultaneously relieve the |
26 | | disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 49 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | to fund schools. |
2 | | (2) The Evidence-Based Funding evidence-based funding |
3 | | formula under this Section shall be applied to all |
4 | | Organizational Units in this State. The Evidence-Based |
5 | | Funding evidence-based funding formula outlined in this |
6 | | Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1 of |
7 | | the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both legislative |
8 | | chambers. As further defined and described in this Section, |
9 | | there are 4 major components of the Evidence-Based Funding |
10 | | evidence-based funding model: |
11 | | (A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy |
12 | | Target adequacy target for each Organizational Unit in |
13 | | this State that considers the costs to implement |
14 | | research-based activities, the unit's student |
15 | | demographics, and regional wage differences |
16 | | difference . |
17 | | (B) Second, the model calculates each |
18 | | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity local capacity , |
19 | | or the amount each Organizational Unit is assumed to |
20 | | contribute toward towards its Adequacy Target adequacy |
21 | | target from local resources. |
22 | | (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding |
23 | | the State currently contributes to the Organizational |
24 | | Unit , and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity local |
25 | | capacity to determine the unit's overall current |
26 | | adequacy of funding. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 50 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (D) Finally, the model's distribution method |
2 | | allocates new State funding to those Organizational |
3 | | Units that are least well-funded, considering both |
4 | | Local Capacity local capacity and State funding, in |
5 | | relation to their Adequacy Target adequacy target . |
6 | | (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under |
7 | | this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received |
8 | | for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make |
9 | | expenditures by law. |
10 | | (4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall |
11 | | have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4): |
12 | | "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
13 | | subsection (b) of this Section. |
14 | | "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of |
15 | | subsection (d) of this Section. |
16 | | "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in |
17 | | paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section. |
18 | | "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for all |
19 | | Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent |
20 | | shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a |
21 | | transportation rate based on total expenses for |
22 | | transportation services under this Code, as reported on the |
23 | | most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil |
24 | | Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the |
25 | | Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and |
26 | | 4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 51 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding |
2 | | net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or |
3 | | special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to |
4 | | Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this |
5 | | Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational |
6 | | Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois |
7 | | scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior |
8 | | years for regular, vocational, or special education |
9 | | transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or |
10 | | subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the |
11 | | total transportation expenses, as defined in this |
12 | | paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from |
13 | | the Operating Tax Rate. |
14 | | "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of |
15 | | subsection (g) of this Section. |
16 | | "Alternative School" means a public school that is |
17 | | created and operated by a regional superintendent of |
18 | | schools and approved by the State Board. |
19 | | "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
20 | | subsection (d) of this Section. |
21 | | "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress |
22 | | monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments, |
23 | | in addition to the State accountability assessment, that |
24 | | assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and |
25 | | meeting the needs of the students they serve. |
26 | | "Assistant principal" means a school administrator |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 52 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in |
2 | | this State. |
3 | | "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of not |
4 | | meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating |
5 | | from elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need |
6 | | for vocational support or social services beyond that |
7 | | provided by the regular school program. All students |
8 | | included in an Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as |
9 | | well as all English learner and disabled students attending |
10 | | the Organizational Unit, shall be considered at-risk |
11 | | students under this Section. |
12 | | "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year |
13 | | 2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the |
14 | | average number of students (grades K through 12) reported |
15 | | to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit |
16 | | on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus |
17 | | the pre-kindergarten students who receive special |
18 | | education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to |
19 | | the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding |
20 | | school year, or the average number of students (grades K |
21 | | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the |
22 | | Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the |
23 | | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education |
24 | | services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State |
25 | | Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding |
26 | | 3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 53 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means, |
2 | | for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average |
3 | | number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the |
4 | | State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on |
5 | | October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school |
6 | | year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive |
7 | | special education services as reported to the State Board |
8 | | on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding |
9 | | school year, or the average number of students (grades K |
10 | | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the |
11 | | Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the |
12 | | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education |
13 | | services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and |
14 | | March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school |
15 | | years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in |
16 | | the Organizational Unit" means the number of students |
17 | | reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools |
18 | | within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or |
19 | | would attend if not placed or transferred to another school |
20 | | or program to receive needed services. For the purposes of |
21 | | calculating "ASE", all students, grades K through 12, |
22 | | excluding those attending kindergarten for a half day and |
23 | | students attending an alternative education program |
24 | | operated by a regional office of education or intermediate |
25 | | service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All students |
26 | | attending kindergarten for a half day shall be counted as |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 54 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in subsequent |
2 | | years, the school district reports to the State Board of |
3 | | Education the intent to implement full-day kindergarten |
4 | | district-wide for all students, then all students |
5 | | attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. Special |
6 | | education pre-kindergarten students shall be counted as |
7 | | 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or has not |
8 | | collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment count by |
9 | | grade or a December 1 collection of special education |
10 | | pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017 ( the |
11 | | effective date of Public Act 100-465) this amendatory Act |
12 | | of the 100th General Assembly , it shall establish such |
13 | | collection for all future years. For any year in which |
14 | | where a count by grade level was collected only once, that |
15 | | count shall be used as the single count available for |
16 | | computing a 3-year average ASE. Funding for programs |
17 | | operated by a regional office of education or an |
18 | | intermediate service center must be calculated using the |
19 | | Evidence-Based Funding evidence-based funding formula |
20 | | under this Section for the 2019-2020 school year and each |
21 | | subsequent school year until separate adequacy formulas |
22 | | are developed and adopted for each type of program. ASE for |
23 | | a program operated by a regional office of education or an |
24 | | intermediate service center must be determined by the March |
25 | | 1 enrollment for the program. For the 2019-2020 school |
26 | | year, the ASE used in the calculation must be the |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 55 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | first-year ASE and, in that year only, the assignment of |
2 | | students served by a regional office of education or |
3 | | intermediate service center shall not result in a reduction |
4 | | of the March enrollment for any school district. For the |
5 | | 2020-2021 school year, the ASE must be the greater of the |
6 | | current-year ASE or the 2-year average ASE. Beginning with |
7 | | the 2021-2022 school year, the ASE must be the greater of |
8 | | the current-year ASE or the 3-year average ASE. School |
9 | | districts shall submit the data for the ASE calculation to |
10 | | the State Board within 45 days of the dates required in |
11 | | this Section for submission of enrollment data in order for |
12 | | it to be included in the ASE calculation. For fiscal year |
13 | | 2018 only, the ASE calculation shall include only |
14 | | enrollment taken on October 1. |
15 | | "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10) |
16 | | of subsection (g) of this Section. |
17 | | "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of |
18 | | this Section. |
19 | | "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used |
20 | | to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State |
21 | | aid. |
22 | | "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the |
23 | | equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk |
24 | | in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as |
25 | | calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL. |
26 | | "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 56 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target |
2 | | attributable to bilingual education divided by the |
3 | | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product |
4 | | of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding |
5 | | received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational |
6 | | Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual |
7 | | education shall include all additional investments in |
8 | | English learner students' adequacy elements. |
9 | | "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary |
10 | | State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section. |
11 | | "Central office" means individual administrators and |
12 | | support service personnel charged with managing the |
13 | | instructional programs, business and operations, and |
14 | | security of the Organizational Unit. |
15 | | "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost |
16 | | differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional |
17 | | variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not |
18 | | educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the |
19 | | first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be |
20 | | the CWI initially developed by the National Center for |
21 | | Education Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A & |
22 | | M University. In the fourth and subsequent years of |
23 | | Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State |
24 | | Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using a similar |
25 | | methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M |
26 | | University study, with adjustments made no less frequently |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 57 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | than once every 5 years. |
2 | | "Computer technology and equipment" means computers |
3 | | servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers, |
4 | | instructional software, security software, curriculum |
5 | | management courseware, and other similar materials and |
6 | | equipment. |
7 | | "Computer technology and equipment investment |
8 | | allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an |
9 | | Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the |
10 | | prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50 |
11 | | per student computer technology and equipment investment |
12 | | grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy |
13 | | Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the |
14 | | amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An |
15 | | Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final |
16 | | Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer |
17 | | technology and equipment investment grant shall include |
18 | | all additional investments in computer technology and |
19 | | equipment adequacy elements. |
20 | | "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading, |
21 | | English, writing, and language arts; history and social |
22 | | studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced |
23 | | Placement in high schools. |
24 | | "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in |
25 | | elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle |
26 | | and high schools. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 58 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed |
2 | | teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to |
3 | | students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects. |
4 | | "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement |
5 | | tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the |
6 | | calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a |
7 | | school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the |
8 | | abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the |
9 | | replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and |
10 | | repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection |
11 | | therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public |
12 | | Act 81-1st S.S.-1). |
13 | | "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in |
14 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and |
15 | | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection |
16 | | (d) of this Section. |
17 | | "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national |
18 | | employment cost index for civilian workers in educational |
19 | | services in elementary and secondary schools on a |
20 | | cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding |
21 | | the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation. |
22 | | "EIS Data" means the employment information system |
23 | | data maintained by the State Board on educators within |
24 | | Organizational Units. |
25 | | "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision |
26 | | insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit, |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 59 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | the costs associated with the statutorily required payment |
2 | | of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher |
3 | | pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and |
4 | | Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions. |
5 | | "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in the |
6 | | definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of |
7 | | this Code participating in a program of transitional |
8 | | bilingual education or a transitional program of |
9 | | instruction meeting the requirements and program |
10 | | application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For the |
11 | | purposes of collecting the number of EL students enrolled, |
12 | | the same collection and calculation methodology as defined |
13 | | above for "ASE" shall apply to English learners, with the |
14 | | exception that EL student enrollment shall include |
15 | | students in grades pre-kindergarten through 12. |
16 | | "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources, |
17 | | and educational programs that have been identified through |
18 | | academic research as necessary to improve student success, |
19 | | improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and |
20 | | provide for other per student costs related to the delivery |
21 | | and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the |
22 | | maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are |
23 | | specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this |
24 | | Section. |
25 | | "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided |
26 | | to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 60 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs |
2 | | provided to students outside the regular school day before |
3 | | and after school or during non-instructional times during |
4 | | the school day. |
5 | | "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio |
6 | | in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and |
7 | | the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension. |
8 | | "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph (4) |
9 | | of subsection (f) of this Section. |
10 | | "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of |
11 | | subsection (f) of this Section. |
12 | | "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time |
13 | | equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant |
14 | | position at an Organizational Unit. |
15 | | "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection |
16 | | (g). |
17 | | "Guidance counselor" means a licensed guidance |
18 | | counselor who provides guidance and counseling support for |
19 | | students within an Organizational Unit. |
20 | | "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit |
21 | | district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code. |
22 | | "Instructional assistant" means a core or special |
23 | | education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in |
24 | | the classroom and provides academic support to students. |
25 | | "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher |
26 | | or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 61 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides |
2 | | instructional support to teachers in the elements of |
3 | | research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment |
4 | | of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment |
5 | | tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or |
6 | | strategies; develops and implements training; chooses |
7 | | standards-based instructional materials; provides teachers |
8 | | with an understanding of current research; serves as a |
9 | | mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead |
10 | | teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in |
11 | | collaboration, to use data to improve instructional |
12 | | practice or develop model lessons. |
13 | | "Instructional materials" means relevant instructional |
14 | | materials for student instruction, including, but not |
15 | | limited to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory |
16 | | equipment, library books, and other similar materials. |
17 | | "Laboratory School" means a public school that is |
18 | | created and operated by a public university and approved by |
19 | | the State Board. |
20 | | "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a |
21 | | library information specialist or another individual whose |
22 | | primary responsibility is overseeing library resources |
23 | | within an Organizational Unit. |
24 | | "Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the |
25 | | combined elementary school and high school limiting |
26 | | limited rates. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 62 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
2 | | subsection (c) of this Section. |
3 | | "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph |
4 | | (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. |
5 | | "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B) |
6 | | of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. |
7 | | "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of |
8 | | subsection (c) of this Section. |
9 | | "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit |
10 | | in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of |
11 | | students for the prior school year or the immediately |
12 | | preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the |
13 | | immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the |
14 | | Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least |
15 | | one of the following low-income low income programs: |
16 | | Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program, |
17 | | Temporary Assistance for Needy Families ( TANF ) , or the |
18 | | Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program, excluding |
19 | | pupils who are eligible for services provided by the |
20 | | Department of Children and Family Services. Until such time |
21 | | that grade level low-income populations become available, |
22 | | grade level low-income populations shall be determined by |
23 | | applying the low-income percentage to total student |
24 | | enrollments by grade level. The low-income percentage is |
25 | | determined by dividing the Low-Income Count by the Average |
26 | | Student Enrollment. The low-income percentage for programs |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 63 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | operated by a regional office of education or an |
2 | | intermediate service center must be set to the weighted |
3 | | average of the low-income percentages of all of the school |
4 | | districts in the service region. The weighted low-income |
5 | | percentage is the result of multiplying the low-income |
6 | | percentage of each school district served by the regional |
7 | | office of education or intermediate service center by each |
8 | | school district's Average Student Enrollment, summarizing |
9 | | those products and dividing the total by the total Average |
10 | | Student Enrollment for the service region. |
11 | | "Maintenance and operations" means custodial services, |
12 | | facility and ground maintenance, facility operations, |
13 | | facility security, routine facility repairs, and other |
14 | | similar services and functions. |
15 | | "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9) of |
16 | | subsection (g) of this Section. |
17 | | "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any |
18 | | given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under |
19 | | Section 2-3.170 of the School Code. |
20 | | "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all |
21 | | State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in |
22 | | excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding |
23 | | Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year. |
24 | | "Net State Contribution Target" means, for a given |
25 | | school year, the amount of State funds that would be |
26 | | necessary to fully meet the Adequacy Target of an |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 64 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | Operational Unit minus the Preliminary Resources available |
2 | | to each unit. |
3 | | "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified |
4 | | school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for |
5 | | nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of |
6 | | and is available to provide health care-related services |
7 | | for students of an Organizational Unit. |
8 | | "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the |
9 | | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, |
10 | | except , Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital |
11 | | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. |
12 | | For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the |
13 | | combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the |
14 | | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, |
15 | | except , Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital |
16 | | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. |
17 | | "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or any |
18 | | public school district that is recognized as such by the |
19 | | State Board and that contains elementary schools typically |
20 | | serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools |
21 | | typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools |
22 | | typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program |
23 | | established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program |
24 | | operated by a regional office of education or an |
25 | | intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The |
26 | | General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 65 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary |
2 | | slightly from what is typical. |
3 | | "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating |
4 | | the CWI in the region and original county in which an |
5 | | Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is |
6 | | located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if |
7 | | the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance |
8 | | with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational |
9 | | Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current |
10 | | CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that |
11 | | county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a |
12 | | "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated |
13 | | by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent |
14 | | Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent |
15 | | Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the |
16 | | original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois |
17 | | county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the |
18 | | number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, the |
19 | | original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 and |
20 | | the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at |
21 | | 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, the |
22 | | original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 and |
23 | | the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at |
24 | | 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and its |
25 | | weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the |
26 | | Organizational Unit CWI. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 66 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year |
2 | | immediately preceding the Base Tax Year. |
3 | | "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of |
4 | | the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county |
5 | | clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating |
6 | | Tax Rate. |
7 | | "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in |
8 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section. |
9 | | "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of |
10 | | subsection (f) of this Section. |
11 | | "Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed |
12 | | to be employed as a principal in this State. |
13 | | "Professional development" means training programs for |
14 | | licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to, |
15 | | programs that assist in implementing new curriculum |
16 | | programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data |
17 | | training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and |
18 | | strengths, target interventions, improve instruction, |
19 | | encompass instructional strategies for English learner, |
20 | | gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural |
21 | | sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide |
22 | | professional support for licensed staff. |
23 | | "Prototypical" means 450 special education |
24 | | pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students |
25 | | for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students |
26 | | for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 67 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | for a high school. |
2 | | "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation |
3 | | Law. |
4 | | "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection |
5 | | (d) of this Section. |
6 | | "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist, |
7 | | social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff |
8 | | member who provides support to at-risk or struggling |
9 | | students. |
10 | | "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
11 | | subsection (d) of this Section. |
12 | | "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular |
13 | | Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the |
14 | | Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI. |
15 | | "School site staff" means the primary school secretary |
16 | | and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school. |
17 | | "Special education" means special educational |
18 | | facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of |
19 | | this Code. |
20 | | "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an |
21 | | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable |
22 | | to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's |
23 | | final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be |
24 | | multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant |
25 | | to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy |
26 | | Target attributable to special education shall include all |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 68 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | special education investment adequacy elements. |
2 | | "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides |
3 | | instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects, |
4 | | including, but not limited to, art, music, physical |
5 | | education, health, driver education, career-technical |
6 | | education, and such other subject areas as may be mandated |
7 | | by State law or provided by an Organizational Unit. |
8 | | "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School, |
9 | | safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school, |
10 | | special education cooperative or entity recognized by the |
11 | | State Board as a special education cooperative, |
12 | | State-approved charter school, or alternative learning |
13 | | opportunities program that received direct funding from |
14 | | the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through |
15 | | any of the funding sources included within the calculation |
16 | | of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy. |
17 | | "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental |
18 | | general State aid funding received by an Organizational |
19 | | Organization Unit during the 2016-2017 school year |
20 | | pursuant to subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code |
21 | | (now repealed). |
22 | | "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy |
23 | | Targets of all Organizational Units. |
24 | | "State Board" means the State Board of Education. |
25 | | "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent |
26 | | of Education. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 69 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by |
2 | | multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for |
3 | | that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value, |
4 | | summing all Organizational Units' Unit's weighted values, |
5 | | and dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units, |
6 | | thereby creating an average weighted index. |
7 | | "Student activities" means non-credit producing |
8 | | after-school programs, including, but not limited to, |
9 | | clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by |
10 | | the school board of the Organizational Unit. |
11 | | "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or |
12 | | teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational |
13 | | Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on |
14 | | a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace |
15 | | replacing another staff member. |
16 | | "Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs |
17 | | provided to students during the summer months outside of |
18 | | the regular school year. |
19 | | "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member |
20 | | who helps in supervising students of an Organizational |
21 | | Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations |
22 | | such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and |
23 | | playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising |
24 | | students when being transported in buses serving the |
25 | | Organizational Unit. |
26 | | "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 70 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | subsection (g). |
2 | | "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined |
3 | | in paragraph (3) of subsection (g). |
4 | | "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate |
5 | | Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate |
6 | | Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g). |
7 | | (b) Adequacy Target calculation. |
8 | | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the |
9 | | sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing |
10 | | Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this |
11 | | subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential |
12 | | Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated |
13 | | pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b). |
14 | | (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro |
15 | | rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each |
16 | | Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2), |
17 | | with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based on |
18 | | ASE counts in excess or less than the thresholds set forth |
19 | | in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating |
20 | | attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups |
21 | | thereto are as follows: |
22 | | (A) Core class size investments. Each |
23 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required |
24 | | to support that number of FTE core teacher positions as |
25 | | is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the |
26 | | Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers: |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 71 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the |
2 | | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required |
3 | | to support one FTE core teacher position for every |
4 | | 15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and |
5 | | one FTE core teacher position for every 20 |
6 | | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. |
7 | | (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the |
8 | | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required |
9 | | to support one FTE core teacher position for every |
10 | | 20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and |
11 | | one FTE core teacher position for every 25 |
12 | | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. |
13 | | The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a |
14 | | grade shall be determined by subtracting the |
15 | | Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the |
16 | | Organizational Unit for that grade. |
17 | | (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each |
18 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
19 | | to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher |
20 | | positions that correspond to the following |
21 | | percentages: |
22 | | (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an |
23 | | elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the |
24 | | number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers, |
25 | | as determined under subparagraph (A) of this |
26 | | paragraph (2); and |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 72 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a |
2 | | high school, then 33.33% of the number of the |
3 | | Organizational Unit's core teachers. |
4 | | (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each |
5 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
6 | | to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position |
7 | | for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten |
8 | | children with disabilities and all kindergarten |
9 | | through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit. |
10 | | (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments. |
11 | | Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding |
12 | | needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each |
13 | | prototypical elementary, middle, and high school. |
14 | | (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each |
15 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
16 | | to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to |
17 | | 5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required |
18 | | under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time |
19 | | equivalent core, specialist, and intervention |
20 | | teachers, school nurses, special education teachers |
21 | | and instructional assistants, instructional |
22 | | facilitators, and summer school and extended day |
23 | | extended-day teacher positions, as determined under |
24 | | this paragraph (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the |
25 | | average salary for grade K through 12 teachers and |
26 | | 33.33% of the average salary of each instructional |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 73 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | assistant position. |
2 | | (F) Core guidance counselor investments. Each |
3 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
4 | | to cover one FTE guidance counselor for each 450 |
5 | | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
6 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 |
7 | | students, plus one FTE guidance counselor for each 250 |
8 | | grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus one |
9 | | FTE guidance counselor for each 250 grades 9 through 12 |
10 | | ASE high school students. |
11 | | (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit |
12 | | shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse |
13 | | for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children |
14 | | with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade |
15 | | 12 students across all grade levels it serves. |
16 | | (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each |
17 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
18 | | to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of |
19 | | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
20 | | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE for |
21 | | each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE for |
22 | | each 200 ASE high school students. |
23 | | (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational |
24 | | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE |
25 | | librarian for each prototypical elementary school, |
26 | | middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 74 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | media technician for every 300 combined ASE of |
2 | | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
3 | | kindergarten through grade 12 students. |
4 | | (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational |
5 | | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE |
6 | | principal position for each prototypical elementary |
7 | | school, plus one FTE principal position for each |
8 | | prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal |
9 | | position for each prototypical high school. |
10 | | (K) Assistant principal investments. Each |
11 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
12 | | to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each |
13 | | prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant |
14 | | principal position for each prototypical middle |
15 | | school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for |
16 | | each prototypical high school. |
17 | | (L) School site staff investments. Each |
18 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
19 | | for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of |
20 | | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
21 | | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE |
22 | | position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus |
23 | | one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school students. |
24 | | (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit |
25 | | shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12 |
26 | | ASE. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 75 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (N) Professional development investments. Each |
2 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of |
3 | | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
4 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
5 | | students for trainers and other professional |
6 | | development-related expenses for supplies and |
7 | | materials. |
8 | | (O) Instructional material investments. Each |
9 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of |
10 | | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
11 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
12 | | students to cover instructional material costs. |
13 | | (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational |
14 | | Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE |
15 | | of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
16 | | kindergarten through grade 12 students student to |
17 | | cover assessment costs. |
18 | | (Q) Computer technology and equipment investments. |
19 | | Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per |
20 | | student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten |
21 | | children with disabilities and all kindergarten |
22 | | through grade 12 students to cover computer technology |
23 | | and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and |
24 | | subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned |
25 | | to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall |
26 | | receive an additional $285.50 per student of the |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 76 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
2 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
3 | | students to cover computer technology and equipment |
4 | | costs in the Organizational Organization Unit's |
5 | | Adequacy Target. The State Board may establish |
6 | | additional requirements for Organizational Unit |
7 | | expenditures of funds received pursuant to this |
8 | | subparagraph (Q), including a requirement that funds |
9 | | received pursuant to this subparagraph (Q) may be used |
10 | | only for serving the technology needs of the district. |
11 | | It is the intent of Public Act 100-465 this amendatory |
12 | | Act of the 100th General Assembly that all Tier 1 and |
13 | | Tier 2 districts receive the addition to their Adequacy |
14 | | Target in the following year, subject to compliance |
15 | | with the requirements of the State Board. |
16 | | (R) Student activities investments. Each |
17 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the following |
18 | | funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per |
19 | | kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary |
20 | | school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school, |
21 | | plus $675 per ASE student in high school. |
22 | | (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each |
23 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student |
24 | | of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
25 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
26 | | students for day-to-day maintenance and operations |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 77 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | expenditures, including salary, supplies, and |
2 | | materials, as well as purchased services, but |
3 | | excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary |
4 | | for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the |
5 | | calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92. |
6 | | (T) Central office investments. Each |
7 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of |
8 | | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
9 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
10 | | students to cover central office operations, including |
11 | | administrators and classified personnel charged with |
12 | | managing the instructional programs, business and |
13 | | operations of the school district, and security |
14 | | personnel. The proportion of salary for the |
15 | | application of a Regionalization Factor and the |
16 | | calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48. |
17 | | (U) Employee benefit investments. Each |
18 | | Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of |
19 | | all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target, |
20 | | excluding substitute teachers and student activities |
21 | | investments, to cover benefit costs. For central |
22 | | office and maintenance and operations investments, the |
23 | | benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary |
24 | | proportion of each investment. If at any time the |
25 | | responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of |
26 | | teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 78 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement |
2 | | System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the |
3 | | Organizational Unit for the preceding school year |
4 | | shall be added to the benefit investment. For any |
5 | | fiscal year in which a school district organized under |
6 | | Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the |
7 | | employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that |
8 | | amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for |
9 | | retiree health insurance as certified by the Public |
10 | | School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of |
11 | | Chicago to be paid by the school district for the |
12 | | preceding school year that is statutorily required to |
13 | | cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree |
14 | | health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified in |
15 | | this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement System |
16 | | of the State of Illinois and the Public School |
17 | | Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall |
18 | | submit such information as the State Superintendent |
19 | | may require for the calculations set forth in this |
20 | | subparagraph (U). |
21 | | (V) Additional investments in low-income students. |
22 | | In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding |
23 | | under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit |
24 | | shall receive funding based on the average teacher |
25 | | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: |
26 | | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 79 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | position for every 125 Low-Income Count students; |
2 | | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for |
3 | | every 125 Low-Income Count students; |
4 | | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position |
5 | | for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and |
6 | | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position |
7 | | for every 120 Low-Income Count students. |
8 | | (W) Additional investments in English learner |
9 | | students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other |
10 | | funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational |
11 | | Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher |
12 | | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: |
13 | | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) |
14 | | position for every 125 English learner students; |
15 | | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for |
16 | | every 125 English learner students; |
17 | | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position |
18 | | for every 120 English learner students; |
19 | | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position |
20 | | for every 120 English learner students; and |
21 | | (v) one FTE core teacher position for every 100 |
22 | | English learner students. |
23 | | (X) Special education investments. Each |
24 | | Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the |
25 | | average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover |
26 | | special education as follows: |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 80 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141 |
2 | | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
3 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
4 | | students; |
5 | | (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every |
6 | | 141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
7 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
8 | | students; and |
9 | | (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every |
10 | | 1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children |
11 | | with disabilities and all kindergarten through |
12 | | grade 12 students. |
13 | | (3) For calculating the salaries included within the |
14 | | Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall |
15 | | annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar |
16 | | using the employment information system data maintained by |
17 | | the State Board, limited to public schools only and |
18 | | excluding special education and vocational cooperatives, |
19 | | schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, and |
20 | | charter schools, for the following positions: |
21 | | (A) Teacher for grades K through 8. |
22 | | (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12. |
23 | | (C) Teacher for grades K through 12. |
24 | | (D) Guidance counselor for grades K through 8. |
25 | | (E) Guidance counselor for grades 9 through 12. |
26 | | (F) Guidance counselor for grades K through 12. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 81 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (G) Social worker. |
2 | | (H) Psychologist. |
3 | | (I) Librarian. |
4 | | (J) Nurse. |
5 | | (K) Principal. |
6 | | (L) Assistant principal. |
7 | | For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher" |
8 | | includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers, |
9 | | instructional facilitators, tutors, special education |
10 | | teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner |
11 | | teachers, extended day extended-day teachers, and summer |
12 | | school teachers. Where specific grade data is not required |
13 | | for the Essential Elements, the average salary for |
14 | | corresponding positions shall apply. For substitute |
15 | | teachers, the average teacher salary for grades K through |
16 | | 12 shall apply. |
17 | | For calculating the salaries included within the |
18 | | Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS |
19 | | Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first |
20 | | year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding: |
21 | | (i) school site staff, $30,000; and |
22 | | (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional |
23 | | assistant, library aide, library media tech, or |
24 | | supervisory aide: $25,000. |
25 | | In the second and subsequent years of implementation of |
26 | | Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii) |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 82 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI. |
2 | | The salary amounts for the Essential Elements |
3 | | determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S) |
4 | | and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection |
5 | | (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a |
6 | | Regionalization Factor. |
7 | | (c) Local Capacity capacity calculation. |
8 | | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity |
9 | | represents an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute |
10 | | toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the |
11 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local |
12 | | Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local |
13 | | Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph |
14 | | (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal |
15 | | to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the |
16 | | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as |
17 | | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this |
18 | | subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local |
19 | | Capacity Target. |
20 | | (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an |
21 | | Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by |
22 | | multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity |
23 | | Ratio. |
24 | | (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity |
25 | | Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational |
26 | | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 83 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this |
2 | | paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution |
3 | | resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each |
4 | | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other |
5 | | Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of |
6 | | Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph |
7 | | (C) of this paragraph (2). |
8 | | (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio |
9 | | in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing |
10 | | its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by |
11 | | its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further |
12 | | adjusted as follows: |
13 | | (i) for Organizational Units serving grades |
14 | | kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no |
15 | | further adjustments shall be made; |
16 | | (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades |
17 | | kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be |
18 | | multiplied by 9/13; |
19 | | (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades |
20 | | 9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be |
21 | | multiplied by 4/13; and |
22 | | (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a |
23 | | different grade configuration than those specified |
24 | | in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph |
25 | | (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a |
26 | | comparable adjustment based on the grades served. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 84 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the |
2 | | percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity |
3 | | Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local |
4 | | Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting |
5 | | in a percentile ranking to determine each |
6 | | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other |
7 | | Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity |
8 | | Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a |
9 | | percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall |
10 | | be calculated using the standard normal distribution |
11 | | of the score in relation to the weighted mean and |
12 | | weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios |
13 | | of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to |
14 | | any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value |
15 | | shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the |
16 | | Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in
|
17 | | recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from |
18 | | the public university that are allocated to
the |
19 | | Laboratory School. For programs operated by a regional |
20 | | office of education or an intermediate service center, |
21 | | the Local Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in |
22 | | recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from |
23 | | school districts that are allocated to the regional |
24 | | office of education or intermediate service center. |
25 | | The weighted mean for the Local Capacity Percentage |
26 | | shall be determined by multiplying each Organizational |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 85 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit |
2 | | creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values |
3 | | of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total |
4 | | ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard |
5 | | deviation shall be determined by taking the square root |
6 | | of the weighted variance of all Organizational Units' |
7 | | Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is calculated |
8 | | by squaring the difference between each unit's Local |
9 | | Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, then multiplying |
10 | | the variance for each unit times the ASE for the unit |
11 | | to create a weighted variance for each unit, then |
12 | | summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by |
13 | | the total ASE of all units. |
14 | | (D) For any Organizational Unit, the |
15 | | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target |
16 | | shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's |
17 | | remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of |
18 | | subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois |
19 | | Pension Code in a given year , or (ii) the board of |
20 | | education's remaining contribution pursuant to |
21 | | paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of |
22 | | the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal |
23 | | cost portion of the required contribution and amount |
24 | | allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section |
25 | | 17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year. |
26 | | In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 86 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | to the State Board of Education by the Teachers' |
2 | | Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item |
3 | | (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of Education |
4 | | by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement |
5 | | Fund of the City of Chicago. |
6 | | (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more |
7 | | than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity |
8 | | shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated |
9 | | in accordance with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local |
10 | | Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of the |
11 | | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its Real |
12 | | Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment equals |
13 | | the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its Local |
14 | | Capacity Target, with the resulting figure multiplied by |
15 | | the Local Capacity Percentage. |
16 | | As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of |
17 | | Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real |
18 | | Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the |
19 | | resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's |
20 | | Adequacy Target. |
21 | | (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for |
22 | | purposes of the Local Capacity calculation. |
23 | | (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the |
24 | | product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An |
25 | | Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Adjusted |
26 | | Operating Tax Rate for property within the Organizational |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 87 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | Unit. |
2 | | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the |
3 | | equalized assessed valuation Equalized Assessed Valuation , |
4 | | or EAV, of all taxable property of each Organizational Unit |
5 | | as of September 30 of the previous year in accordance with |
6 | | paragraph (3) of this subsection (d). The State |
7 | | Superintendent shall then determine the Adjusted EAV of |
8 | | each Organizational Unit in accordance with paragraph (4) |
9 | | of this subsection (d), which Adjusted EAV figure shall be |
10 | | used for the purposes of calculating Local Capacity. |
11 | | (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department |
12 | | of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the |
13 | | value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue |
14 | | of all taxable property of every Organizational Unit, |
15 | | together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending |
16 | | taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit as of |
17 | | September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting |
18 | | rate for all Organizational Units subject to property tax |
19 | | extension limitations as imposed under PTELL. |
20 | | (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the |
21 | | equalized assessed value of all taxable property of |
22 | | each Organizational Unit situated entirely or |
23 | | partially within a county that is or was subject to the |
24 | | provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property |
25 | | Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by |
26 | | which the homestead exemption allowed under Section |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 88 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real |
2 | | property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds |
3 | | the total amount that would have been allowed in that |
4 | | Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under |
5 | | Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 |
6 | | in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000 |
7 | | in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and |
8 | | (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the |
9 | | taxable year of all additional exemptions under |
10 | | Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with |
11 | | a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk |
12 | | of any county that is or was subject to the provisions |
13 | | of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code |
14 | | shall annually calculate and certify to the Department |
15 | | of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all homestead |
16 | | exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the |
17 | | Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional |
18 | | exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax |
19 | | Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or |
20 | | less. It is the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if |
21 | | the general homestead exemption for a parcel of |
22 | | property is determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 |
23 | | of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175, |
24 | | then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by |
25 | | the difference, if any, between the amount of the |
26 | | general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 89 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property |
2 | | Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed |
3 | | had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of |
4 | | property been determined under Section 15-175 of the |
5 | | Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this |
6 | | subparagraph (A) that if additional exemptions are |
7 | | allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code |
8 | | for owners with a household income of less than |
9 | | $30,000, then the calculation of EAV shall not be |
10 | | affected by the difference, if any, because of those |
11 | | additional exemptions. |
12 | | (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational |
13 | | Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to |
14 | | which a municipality has adopted tax increment |
15 | | allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment |
16 | | Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article |
17 | | 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial |
18 | | Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the |
19 | | Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of |
20 | | real property located in any such project area that |
21 | | which is attributable to an increase above the total |
22 | | initial EAV of such property shall be used as part of |
23 | | the EAV of the Organizational Unit, until such time as |
24 | | all redevelopment project costs have been paid, as |
25 | | provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment |
26 | | Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 90 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of |
2 | | the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total initial |
3 | | EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, shall be |
4 | | used until such time as all redevelopment project costs |
5 | | have been paid. |
6 | | (B-5) The real property equalized assessed |
7 | | valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by |
8 | | subtracting from the real property value, as equalized |
9 | | or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the |
10 | | district an amount computed by dividing the amount of |
11 | | any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the |
12 | | Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining |
13 | | grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a district |
14 | | maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or by 1.05% |
15 | | for a district maintaining grades 9 through 12 and |
16 | | adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the amount |
17 | | of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of |
18 | | Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same |
19 | | percentage rates for district type as specified in this |
20 | | subparagraph (B-5). |
21 | | (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid |
22 | | Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the |
23 | | lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation |
24 | | for property within the partial elementary unit |
25 | | district for elementary purposes, as defined in |
26 | | Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 91 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | assessed valuation for property within the partial |
2 | | elementary unit district for high school purposes, as |
3 | | defined in Article 11E of this Code. |
4 | | (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the |
5 | | average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years |
6 | | or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV in |
7 | | the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more |
8 | | compared to the 3-year average. In the event of |
9 | | Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or |
10 | | annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the |
11 | | first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the |
12 | | most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the |
13 | | average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately |
14 | | preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more compared |
15 | | to the 2-year average for the second year, and a 3-year |
16 | | average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if |
17 | | the Adjusted adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more compared |
18 | | to the 3-year average for the third year. For any school |
19 | | district whose EAV in the immediately preceding year is |
20 | | used in calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted |
21 | | EAV shall be the average of its EAV over the immediately |
22 | | preceding 2 years or the immediately preceding year if that |
23 | | year represents a decline of 10% or more compared to the |
24 | | 2-year average. |
25 | | "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State |
26 | | Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 92 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of |
2 | | calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio. |
3 | | Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the |
4 | | PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the |
5 | | product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in |
6 | | the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 |
7 | | of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under |
8 | | this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension |
9 | | Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved or |
10 | | does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant to |
11 | | Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the Base |
12 | | Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product of |
13 | | the equalized assessed valuation last used in the |
14 | | calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of |
15 | | this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under |
16 | | this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the |
17 | | percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index |
18 | | for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the |
19 | | United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar |
20 | | year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the equalized |
21 | | assessed valuation of new property, annexed property, and |
22 | | recovered tax increment value and minus the equalized |
23 | | assessed valuation of disconnected property. |
24 | | As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and |
25 | | "recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings set |
26 | | forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 93 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation. |
2 | | (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding |
3 | | Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded |
4 | | Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the |
5 | | Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the |
6 | | 2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and |
7 | | specified appropriation amounts described in this |
8 | | paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated by |
9 | | the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now |
10 | | repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act 99-524 |
11 | | (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code (funding for |
12 | | children requiring special education services); Section |
13 | | 14-13.01 of this Code (special education facilities and |
14 | | staffing), except for reimbursement of the cost of |
15 | | transportation pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section |
16 | | 14C-12 of this Code (English learners); and Section 18-4.3 |
17 | | of this Code (summer school), based on an appropriation |
18 | | level of $13,121,600. For a school district organized under |
19 | | Article 34 of this Code, the Base Funding Minimum also |
20 | | includes (i) the funds allocated to the school district |
21 | | pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to |
22 | | funding programs authorized by the Sections of this Code |
23 | | listed in the preceding sentence ; and (ii) the difference |
24 | | between (I) the funds allocated to the school district |
25 | | pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to the |
26 | | funding programs authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 94 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | special education reimbursement), subsection (b) of |
2 | | Section 14-13.01 (special education transportation), |
3 | | Section 29-5 (transportation), Section 2-3.80 |
4 | | (agricultural education), Section 2-3.66 (truants' |
5 | | alternative education), Section 2-3.62 (educational |
6 | | service centers), and Section 14-7.03 (special education - |
7 | | orphanage) of this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood |
8 | | Hunger Relief Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the |
9 | | school district's actual expenditures for its non-public |
10 | | special education, special education transportation, |
11 | | transportation programs, agricultural education, truants' |
12 | | alternative education, services that would otherwise be |
13 | | performed by a regional office of education, special |
14 | | education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as |
15 | | most recently calculated and reported pursuant to |
16 | | subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base |
17 | | Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $625,500. For |
18 | | programs operated by a regional office of education or an |
19 | | intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum must |
20 | | be the total amount of State funds allocated to those |
21 | | programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided |
22 | | pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section |
23 | | 3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5, |
24 | | 2019 ( the effective date of Public Act 101-10) this |
25 | | amendatory Act of the 101st General Assembly and |
26 | | administered by a regional office of education or an |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 95 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | intermediate service center must have an initial Base |
2 | | Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year |
3 | | ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received |
4 | | in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar |
5 | | existing program type. If the enrollment for a program |
6 | | operated by a regional office of education or an |
7 | | intermediate service center is zero, then it may not |
8 | | receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the |
9 | | next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to |
10 | | Organizational Units under subsection (g). |
11 | | (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the |
12 | | Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially |
13 | | Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of |
14 | | Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the |
15 | | Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii) |
16 | | any amount received by a school district pursuant to |
17 | | Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21. |
18 | | (3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as |
19 | | provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit that |
20 | | meets all of the following criteria, as determined by the |
21 | | State Board, shall have District Intervention Money added |
22 | | to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base Funding |
23 | | Minimum is calculated by the State Board: |
24 | | (A) The Organizational Unit is operating under an |
25 | | Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this |
26 | | Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 96 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | the control of the State Board pursuant to a court |
2 | | order for a minimum of 4 school years. |
3 | | (B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a |
4 | | Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous |
5 | | school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of |
6 | | this Section. |
7 | | (C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates |
8 | | sustainability through a 5-year financial and |
9 | | strategic plan. |
10 | | (D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient |
11 | | progress and achieved sufficient stability in the |
12 | | areas of governance, academic growth, and finances. |
13 | | As part of its determination under this paragraph (3), |
14 | | the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's |
15 | | summative designation, any accreditations of the |
16 | | Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's |
17 | | financial profile, as calculated by the State Board. |
18 | | If the State Board determines that an Organizational |
19 | | Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3), |
20 | | it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later |
21 | | than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board |
22 | | makes it determination, on the amount of District |
23 | | Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's Base |
24 | | Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the State |
25 | | Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by joint |
26 | | resolution, the addition of District Intervention Money. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 97 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | If the General Assembly fails to act on the report within |
2 | | 40 calendar days from the receipt of the report, the |
3 | | addition of District Intervention Money is deemed |
4 | | approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of |
5 | | District Intervention Money to be added to the |
6 | | Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District |
7 | | Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding |
8 | | Minimum annually thereafter. |
9 | | For the first 4 years following the initial year that |
10 | | the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has |
11 | | met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has |
12 | | received funding under this Section, the Organizational |
13 | | Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before |
14 | | November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and |
15 | | strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph |
16 | | (3). The plan shall include the financial data from the |
17 | | past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that |
18 | | must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each |
19 | | year and the approved budget financial data for the current |
20 | | year. The plan shall be developed according to the |
21 | | guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the |
22 | | State Board. The plan shall further include financial |
23 | | projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a |
24 | | discussion and financial summary of the Organizational |
25 | | Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not |
26 | | demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 98 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an |
2 | | annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan, |
3 | | or other financial information as required by law, the |
4 | | State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel under |
5 | | Article 1H of this Code. However, if the Organizational |
6 | | Unit already has a Financial Oversight Panel, the State |
7 | | Board may extend the duration of the Panel. |
8 | | (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation. |
9 | | (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a |
10 | | Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order |
11 | | to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the |
12 | | funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of |
13 | | this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's |
14 | | Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy |
15 | | are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection |
16 | | (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final Resources and |
17 | | Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to account for the |
18 | | Organizational Unit's poverty concentration levels |
19 | | pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection (f). |
20 | | (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are |
21 | | equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and |
22 | | Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary |
23 | | Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary |
24 | | Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%. |
25 | | (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an |
26 | | Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal the sum of |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 99 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding |
2 | | Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded |
3 | | Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the |
4 | | Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools |
5 | | shall not include any portion of general State aid |
6 | | allocated in the prior year based on the per capita tuition |
7 | | charge times the charter school enrollment. |
8 | | (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy |
9 | | is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An |
10 | | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is |
11 | | equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental |
12 | | Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the |
13 | | product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary |
14 | | Percent of Adequacy. |
15 | | (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system. |
16 | | (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based |
17 | | Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding |
18 | | equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's |
19 | | allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this |
20 | | subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the |
21 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first |
22 | | places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in |
23 | | accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), based |
24 | | on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy. New |
25 | | State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 tiers as |
26 | | follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of all New |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 100 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all New |
2 | | State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all |
3 | | New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1% |
4 | | of all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within |
5 | | Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds |
6 | | equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following |
7 | | sentence, multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate |
8 | | determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection |
9 | | (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap |
10 | | equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified in paragraph |
11 | | (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the |
12 | | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting |
13 | | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final |
14 | | Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap |
15 | | equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in paragraph |
16 | | (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the |
17 | | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting |
18 | | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final |
19 | | Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine |
20 | | the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting |
21 | | amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus |
22 | | the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target |
23 | | percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier |
24 | | 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the |
25 | | product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation |
26 | | Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g). |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 101 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for all |
2 | | Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit |
3 | | shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3 |
4 | | Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational |
5 | | Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE. |
6 | | Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation |
7 | | per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall |
8 | | get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3 |
9 | | funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the |
10 | | Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational |
11 | | Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by the |
12 | | percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2 |
13 | | Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational |
14 | | Units' Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting |
15 | | districts' funding below Tier 3 levels. |
16 | | (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4 tiers |
17 | | as follows: |
18 | | (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units, |
19 | | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of |
20 | | Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1 |
21 | | Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1 |
22 | | Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1 |
23 | | Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) |
24 | | of this subsection (g). |
25 | | (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all |
26 | | other Organizational Units, except for Specially |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 102 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than |
2 | | 0.90. |
3 | | (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units, |
4 | | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of |
5 | | Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0. |
6 | | (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units |
7 | | with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0. |
8 | | (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are is |
9 | | determined as follows: |
10 | | (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%. |
11 | | (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the |
12 | | following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided |
13 | | by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2 |
14 | | Organizational Units, unless the result of such |
15 | | equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such |
16 | | equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 Allocation |
17 | | Rate is 1.0. |
18 | | (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the |
19 | | following equation: Tier 3
Aggregate Funding, divided |
20 | | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3 |
21 | | Organizational
Units. |
22 | | (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the |
23 | | following equation: Tier 4
Aggregate Funding, divided |
24 | | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4 |
25 | | Organizational
Units. |
26 | | (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows: |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 103 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that |
2 | | allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed |
3 | | with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate. |
4 | | (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90. |
5 | | (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0. |
6 | | (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is |
7 | | greater than 90%, than all Tier 1 funding shall be |
8 | | allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's |
9 | | funding may be identified. |
10 | | (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units |
11 | | receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any |
12 | | remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and |
13 | | Tier 4 Organizational Units. |
14 | | (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood |
15 | | Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for |
16 | | direct funding following the implementation of Public Act |
17 | | 100-465 this amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly |
18 | | from any of the funding sources included within the |
19 | | definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified |
20 | | portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred to |
21 | | one or more appropriate Organizational Units as determined |
22 | | by the State Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of |
23 | | the Organizational Units. |
24 | | (8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special |
25 | | education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding |
26 | | Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 104 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The |
2 | | school district and the cooperative must include the amount |
3 | | of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be reapportioned |
4 | | re-apportioned in their withdrawal agreement and notify |
5 | | the State Board of the change with a copy of the agreement |
6 | | upon withdrawal. |
7 | | (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to establish |
8 | | a target for State funding that will keep pace with |
9 | | inflation and continue to advance equity through the |
10 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State |
11 | | funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is |
12 | | $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State |
13 | | fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to |
14 | | $350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more |
15 | | than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be |
16 | | counted toward towards the Minimum Funding Level. If the |
17 | | sum of New State Funds and applicable New Property Tax |
18 | | Relief Pool Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, |
19 | | than funding for tiers shall be reduced in the following |
20 | | manner: |
21 | | (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an |
22 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
23 | | Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as |
24 | | Tier 4 funding is exhausted. |
25 | | (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an |
26 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 105 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in |
2 | | Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is |
3 | | exhausted. |
4 | | (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an |
5 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
6 | | Funding Level level and New new State Funds and the |
7 | | reduction in Tier 4 and Tier 3. |
8 | | (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an |
9 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
10 | | Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in |
11 | | Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation |
12 | | Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal |
13 | | to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate allocation rate set by |
14 | | paragraph (4) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the |
15 | | result of New State Funds divided by the Minimum |
16 | | Funding Level. |
17 | | (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State |
18 | | fiscal years, if New State Funds exceed $300,000,000, then |
19 | | any amount in excess of $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for |
20 | | purposes of Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of |
21 | | $50,000,000. |
22 | | (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the |
23 | | appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after |
24 | | implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units |
25 | | receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under |
26 | | paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 106 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to |
2 | | the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding |
3 | | received in accordance with this Section in the prior |
4 | | fiscal year. Reductions shall be
made to the Base Funding |
5 | | Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a
|
6 | | per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE |
7 | | in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units |
8 | | divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base
|
9 | | Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to |
10 | | Tier 3 and Tier 4
Organizational Units and adjusted by the |
11 | | relative formula when increases in
appropriations for this |
12 | | Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions to
|
13 | | Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an amount |
14 | | that would be less than the
Base Funding Minimum |
15 | | established in the first year of implementation of this
|
16 | | Section. If additional reductions are required, all school |
17 | | districts shall receive a
reduction by a per pupil amount |
18 | | equal to the aggregate additional appropriation
reduction |
19 | | divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units. |
20 | | (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor |
21 | | adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this |
22 | | subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages |
23 | | to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to |
24 | | the nearest whole dollar. |
25 | | (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and |
26 | | district submission requirements. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 107 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with |
2 | | appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the |
3 | | funding obligations created under this Section. |
4 | | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the |
5 | | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit and Net State |
6 | | Contribution Target for each Organizational Unit under |
7 | | this Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be |
8 | | distributed within an Organizational Unit without the |
9 | | approval of the unit's school board. |
10 | | (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate |
11 | | and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate |
12 | | financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the |
13 | | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State |
14 | | Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for |
15 | | each Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds |
16 | | allocated for its students with disabilities. The State |
17 | | Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for |
18 | | each Organizational Unit the amount of funding and |
19 | | applicable FTE calculated for each Essential Element of the |
20 | | unit's Adequacy Target. |
21 | | (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate |
22 | | and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit |
23 | | must expend on special education and bilingual education |
24 | | and computer technology and equipment for Organizational |
25 | | Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that received an |
26 | | additional $285.50 per student computer technology and |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 108 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | equipment investment grant to their Adequacy Target |
2 | | pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special |
3 | | Education Allocation, Bilingual Education Allocation, and |
4 | | computer technology and equipment investment allocation. |
5 | | (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be |
6 | | calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal |
7 | | year basis, with payments beginning in August and extending |
8 | | through June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys |
9 | | appropriated for each fiscal year shall be distributed in |
10 | | 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly to each |
11 | | Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for any fiscal |
12 | | year are distributed other than monthly, the distribution |
13 | | shall be on the same basis for each Organizational Unit. |
14 | | (6) Any school district that fails, for any given |
15 | | school year, to maintain school as required by law or to |
16 | | maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive |
17 | | Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one |
18 | | or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise |
19 | | operating recognized schools, the claim of the district |
20 | | shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in |
21 | | the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment of |
22 | | the school district. "Recognized school" means any public |
23 | | school that meets the standards for recognition by the |
24 | | State Board. A school district or attendance center not |
25 | | having recognition status at the end of a school term is |
26 | | entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 109 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | claim that was filed while it was recognized. |
2 | | (7) School district claims filed under this Section are |
3 | | subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as |
4 | | otherwise provided in this Section. |
5 | | (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall |
6 | | calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its |
7 | | Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall |
8 | | be deemed attributable to the provision of special |
9 | | educational facilities and services, as defined in Section |
10 | | 14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance |
11 | | with maintenance of State financial support requirements |
12 | | under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education |
13 | | Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for |
14 | | the provision of special educational facilities and |
15 | | services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and |
16 | | must comply with any expenditure verification procedures |
17 | | adopted by the State Board. |
18 | | (9) All Organizational Units in this State must submit |
19 | | annual spending plans by the end of September of each year |
20 | | to the State Board as part of the annual budget process, |
21 | | which shall describe how each Organizational Unit will |
22 | | utilize the Base Funding Minimum Funding and |
23 | | Evidence-Based Funding funding it receives from this State |
24 | | under this Section with specific identification of the |
25 | | intended utilization of Low-Income, English learner, and |
26 | | special education resources. Additionally, the annual |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 110 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | spending plans of each Organizational Unit shall describe |
2 | | how the Organizational Unit expects to achieve student |
3 | | growth and how the Organizational Unit will achieve State |
4 | | education goals, as defined by the State Board. The State |
5 | | Superintendent may, from time to time, identify additional |
6 | | requisites for Organizational Units to satisfy when |
7 | | compiling the annual spending plans required under this |
8 | | subsection (h). The format and scope of annual spending |
9 | | plans shall be developed by the State Superintendent and |
10 | | the State Board of Education. School districts that serve |
11 | | students under Article 14C of this Code shall continue to |
12 | | submit information as required under Section 14C-12 of this |
13 | | Code. |
14 | | (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State |
15 | | Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for |
16 | | all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy |
17 | | funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall |
18 | | submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly, |
19 | | as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly |
20 | | Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations |
21 | | for: |
22 | | (A) a framework for collaborative, professional, |
23 | | innovative, and 21st century learning environments |
24 | | using the Evidence-Based Funding model; |
25 | | (B) ways to prepare and support this State's |
26 | | educators for successful instructional careers; |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 111 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (C) application and enhancement of the current |
2 | | financial accountability measures, the approved State |
3 | | plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds |
4 | | Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures |
5 | | in relation to student growth and elements of the |
6 | | Evidence-Based Funding model; and |
7 | | (D) implementation of an effective school adequacy |
8 | | funding system based on projected and recommended |
9 | | funding levels from the General Assembly. |
10 | | (11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent
must |
11 | | recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the |
12 | | Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the |
13 | | study of average expenses and as reported in the most |
14 | | recent annual financial report: |
15 | | (A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph
(2) |
16 | | of subsection (b). |
17 | | (B) Instructional materials under subparagraph
(O) |
18 | | of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). |
19 | | (C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of
paragraph |
20 | | (2) of subsection (b). |
21 | | (D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of
|
22 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). |
23 | | (E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph
|
24 | | (S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). |
25 | | (F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of
|
26 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 112 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (i) Professional Review Panel. |
2 | | (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study and |
3 | | review topics related to the implementation and effect of |
4 | | Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint resolution |
5 | | or Public Act of the General Assembly or a motion passed by |
6 | | the State Board of Education. The Panel must provide |
7 | | recommendations to and serve the Governor, the General |
8 | | Assembly, and the State Board. The State Superintendent or |
9 | | his or her designee must serve as a voting member and |
10 | | chairperson of the Panel. The State Superintendent must |
11 | | appoint a vice chairperson from the membership of the |
12 | | Panel. The Panel must advance recommendations based on a |
13 | | three-fifths majority vote of Panel panel members present |
14 | | and voting. A minority opinion may also accompany any |
15 | | recommendation of the Panel. The Panel shall be appointed |
16 | | by the State Superintendent, except as otherwise provided |
17 | | in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) and include the |
18 | | following members: |
19 | | (A) Two appointees that represent district |
20 | | superintendents, recommended by a statewide |
21 | | organization that represents district superintendents. |
22 | | (B) Two appointees that represent school boards, |
23 | | recommended by a statewide organization that |
24 | | represents school boards. |
25 | | (C) Two appointees from districts that represent |
26 | | school business officials, recommended by a statewide |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 113 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | organization that represents school business |
2 | | officials. |
3 | | (D) Two appointees that represent school |
4 | | principals, recommended by a statewide organization |
5 | | that represents school principals. |
6 | | (E) Two appointees that represent teachers, |
7 | | recommended by a statewide organization that |
8 | | represents teachers. |
9 | | (F) Two appointees that represent teachers, |
10 | | recommended by another statewide organization that |
11 | | represents teachers. |
12 | | (G) Two appointees that represent regional |
13 | | superintendents of schools, recommended by |
14 | | organizations that represent regional superintendents. |
15 | | (H) Two independent experts selected solely by the |
16 | | State Superintendent. |
17 | | (I) Two independent experts recommended by public |
18 | | universities in this State. |
19 | | (J) One member recommended by a statewide |
20 | | organization that represents parents. |
21 | | (K) Two representatives recommended by collective |
22 | | impact organizations that represent major metropolitan |
23 | | areas or geographic areas in Illinois. |
24 | | (L) One member from a statewide organization |
25 | | focused on research-based education policy to support |
26 | | a school system that prepares all students for college, |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 114 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | a career, and democratic citizenship. |
2 | | (M) One representative from a school district |
3 | | organized under Article 34 of this Code. |
4 | | The State Superintendent shall ensure that the |
5 | | membership of the Panel includes representatives from |
6 | | school districts and communities reflecting the |
7 | | geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity |
8 | | of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally |
9 | | ensure that the membership of the Panel includes |
10 | | representatives with expertise in bilingual education and |
11 | | special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff |
12 | | the Panel. |
13 | | (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by the |
14 | | State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly |
15 | | shall be appointed as follows: one member of the House of |
16 | | Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of |
17 | | Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the |
18 | | President of the Senate, one member of the House of |
19 | | Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the |
20 | | House of Representatives, and one member of the Senate |
21 | | appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. There shall |
22 | | be one additional member appointed by the Governor. All |
23 | | members appointed by legislative leaders or the Governor |
24 | | shall be non-voting, ex officio members. |
25 | | (3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of the |
26 | | General Assembly or State Board of Education, as provided |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 115 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the following |
2 | | topics at the direction of the chairperson: (4) |
3 | | (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans |
4 | | referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this |
5 | | Section. |
6 | | (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section. |
7 | | (C) Maintenance and operations, including capital |
8 | | maintenance and construction costs. |
9 | | (D) "At-risk student" definition. |
10 | | (E) Benefits. |
11 | | (F) Technology. |
12 | | (G) Local Capacity Target. |
13 | | (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory |
14 | | Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning |
15 | | opportunities programs. |
16 | | (I) Funding for college and career acceleration |
17 | | strategies. |
18 | | (J) Special education investments. |
19 | | (K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration |
20 | | with the Illinois Early Learning Council. |
21 | | (4) (Blank). |
22 | | (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this |
23 | | Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall |
24 | | complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based |
25 | | Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not |
26 | | the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 116 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the |
2 | | Governor on the findings of the study. |
3 | | (6) (Blank). |
4 | | (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other |
5 | | laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section |
6 | | 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to be |
7 | | references to evidence-based model formula funds or |
8 | | calculations under this Section.
|
9 | | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-578, eff. 1-31-18; |
10 | | 100-582, eff. 3-23-18; 101-10, eff. 6-5-19; 101-17, eff. |
11 | | 6-14-19; revised 7-1-19.) |
12 | | (105 ILCS 5/21B-45) |
13 | | Sec. 21B-45. Professional Educator License renewal. |
14 | | (a) Individuals holding a Professional Educator License |
15 | | are required to complete the licensure renewal requirements as |
16 | | specified in this Section, unless otherwise provided in this |
17 | | Code. |
18 | | Individuals holding a Professional Educator License shall |
19 | | meet the renewal requirements set forth in this Section, unless |
20 | | otherwise provided in this Code. If an individual holds a |
21 | | license endorsed in more than one area that has different |
22 | | renewal requirements, that individual shall follow the renewal |
23 | | requirements for the position for which he or she spends the |
24 | | majority of his or her time working. |
25 | | (b) All Professional Educator Licenses not renewed as |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 117 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | provided in this Section shall lapse on September 1 of that |
2 | | year. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, if |
3 | | a license holder's electronic mail address is available, the |
4 | | State Board of Education shall send him or her notification |
5 | | electronically that his or her license will lapse if not |
6 | | renewed, to be sent no more than 6 months prior to the license |
7 | | lapsing. Lapsed licenses may be immediately reinstated upon (i) |
8 | | payment by the applicant of a $500 penalty to the State Board |
9 | | of Education or (ii) the demonstration of proficiency by |
10 | | completing 9 semester hours of coursework from a regionally |
11 | | accredited institution of higher education in the content area |
12 | | that most aligns with one or more of the educator's endorsement |
13 | | areas. Any and all back fees, including without limitation |
14 | | registration fees owed from the time of expiration of the |
15 | | license until the date of reinstatement, shall be paid and kept |
16 | | in accordance with the provisions in Article 3 of this Code |
17 | | concerning an institute fund and the provisions in Article 21B |
18 | | of this Code concerning fees and requirements for registration. |
19 | | Licenses not registered in accordance with Section 21B-40 of |
20 | | this Code shall lapse after a period of 6 months from the |
21 | | expiration of the last year of registration or on January 1 of |
22 | | the fiscal year following initial issuance of the license. An |
23 | | unregistered license is invalid after September 1 for |
24 | | employment and performance of services in an Illinois public or |
25 | | State-operated school or cooperative and in a charter school. |
26 | | Any license or endorsement may be voluntarily surrendered by |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 118 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | the license holder. A voluntarily surrendered license shall be |
2 | | treated as a revoked license. An Educator License with |
3 | | Stipulations with only a paraprofessional endorsement does not |
4 | | lapse.
|
5 | | (c) From July 1, 2013 through June 30, 2014, in order to |
6 | | satisfy the requirements for licensure renewal provided for in |
7 | | this Section, each professional educator licensee with an |
8 | | administrative endorsement who is working in a position |
9 | | requiring such endorsement shall complete one Illinois |
10 | | Administrators' Academy course, as described in Article 2 of |
11 | | this Code, per fiscal year. |
12 | | (c-5) All licenses issued by the State Board of Education |
13 | | under this Article that expire on June 30, 2020 and have not |
14 | | been renewed by the end of the 2020 renewal period shall be |
15 | | extended for one year and shall expire on June 30, 2021. |
16 | | (d) Beginning July 1, 2014, in order to satisfy the |
17 | | requirements for licensure renewal provided for in this |
18 | | Section, each professional educator licensee may create a |
19 | | professional development plan each year. The plan shall address |
20 | | one or more of the endorsements that are required of his or her |
21 | | educator position if the licensee is employed and performing |
22 | | services in an Illinois public or State-operated school or |
23 | | cooperative. If the licensee is employed in a charter school, |
24 | | the plan shall address that endorsement or those endorsements |
25 | | most closely related to his or her educator position. Licensees |
26 | | employed and performing services in any other Illinois schools |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 119 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | may participate in the renewal requirements by adhering to the |
2 | | same process. |
3 | | Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the |
4 | | licensee's professional development activities shall align |
5 | | with one or more of the following criteria: |
6 | | (1) activities are of a type that engage participants |
7 | | over a sustained period of time allowing for analysis, |
8 | | discovery, and application as they relate to student |
9 | | learning, social or emotional achievement, or well-being; |
10 | | (2) professional development aligns to the licensee's |
11 | | performance; |
12 | | (3) outcomes for the activities must relate to student |
13 | | growth or district improvement; |
14 | | (4) activities align to State-approved standards;
and |
15 | | (5) higher education coursework. |
16 | | (e) For each renewal cycle, each professional educator |
17 | | licensee shall engage in professional development activities. |
18 | | Prior to renewal, the licensee shall enter electronically into |
19 | | the Educator Licensure Information System (ELIS) the name, |
20 | | date, and location of the activity, the number of professional |
21 | | development hours, and the provider's name. The following |
22 | | provisions shall apply concerning professional development |
23 | | activities: |
24 | | (1) Each licensee shall complete a total of 120 hours |
25 | | of professional development per 5-year renewal cycle in |
26 | | order to renew the license, except as otherwise provided in |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 120 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | this Section. |
2 | | (2) Beginning with his or her first full 5-year cycle, |
3 | | any licensee with an administrative endorsement who is not |
4 | | working in a position requiring such endorsement is not |
5 | | required to complete Illinois Administrators' Academy |
6 | | courses, as described in Article 2 of this Code. Such |
7 | | licensees must complete one Illinois Administrators' |
8 | | Academy course within one year after returning to a |
9 | | position that requires the administrative endorsement. |
10 | | (3) Any licensee with an administrative endorsement |
11 | | who is working in a position requiring such endorsement or |
12 | | an individual with a Teacher Leader endorsement serving in |
13 | | an administrative capacity at least 50% of the day shall |
14 | | complete one Illinois Administrators' Academy course, as |
15 | | described in Article 2 of this Code, each fiscal year in |
16 | | addition to 100 hours of professional development per |
17 | | 5-year renewal cycle in accordance with this Code. |
18 | | (4) Any licensee holding a current National Board for |
19 | | Professional Teaching Standards (NBPTS) master teacher |
20 | | designation shall complete a total of 60 hours of |
21 | | professional development per 5-year renewal cycle in order |
22 | | to renew the license. |
23 | | (5) Licensees working in a position that does not |
24 | | require educator licensure or working in a position for |
25 | | less than 50% for any particular year are considered to be |
26 | | exempt and shall be required to pay only the registration |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 121 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | fee in order to renew and maintain the validity of the |
2 | | license. |
3 | | (6) Licensees who are retired and qualify for benefits |
4 | | from a State of Illinois retirement system shall notify the |
5 | | State Board of Education using ELIS, and the license shall |
6 | | be maintained in retired status. For any renewal cycle in |
7 | | which a licensee retires during the renewal cycle, the |
8 | | licensee must complete professional development activities |
9 | | on a prorated basis depending on the number of years during |
10 | | the renewal cycle the educator held an active license. If a |
11 | | licensee retires during a renewal cycle, the licensee must |
12 | | notify the State Board of Education using ELIS that the |
13 | | licensee wishes to maintain the license in retired status |
14 | | and must show proof of completion of professional |
15 | | development activities on a prorated basis for all years of |
16 | | that renewal cycle for which the license was active. An |
17 | | individual with a license in retired status shall not be |
18 | | required to complete professional development activities |
19 | | or pay registration fees until returning to a position that |
20 | | requires educator licensure. Upon returning to work in a |
21 | | position that requires the Professional Educator License, |
22 | | the licensee shall immediately pay a registration fee and |
23 | | complete renewal requirements for that year. A license in |
24 | | retired status cannot lapse. Beginning on January 6, 2017 |
25 | | (the effective date of Public Act 99-920) through December |
26 | | 31, 2017, any licensee who has retired and whose license |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 122 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | has lapsed for failure to renew as provided in this Section |
2 | | may reinstate that license and maintain it in retired |
3 | | status upon providing proof to the State Board of Education |
4 | | using ELIS that the licensee is retired and is not working |
5 | | in a position that requires a Professional Educator |
6 | | License. |
7 | | (7) For any renewal cycle in which professional |
8 | | development hours were required, but not fulfilled, the |
9 | | licensee shall complete any missed hours to total the |
10 | | minimum professional development hours required in this |
11 | | Section prior to September 1 of that year. Professional |
12 | | development hours used to fulfill the minimum required |
13 | | hours for a renewal cycle may be used for only one renewal |
14 | | cycle. For any fiscal year or renewal cycle in which an |
15 | | Illinois Administrators' Academy course was required but |
16 | | not completed, the licensee shall complete any missed |
17 | | Illinois Administrators' Academy courses prior to |
18 | | September 1 of that year. The licensee may complete all |
19 | | deficient hours and Illinois Administrators' Academy |
20 | | courses while continuing to work in a position that |
21 | | requires that license until September 1 of that year. |
22 | | (8) Any licensee who has not fulfilled the professional |
23 | | development renewal requirements set forth in this Section |
24 | | at the end of any 5-year renewal cycle is ineligible to |
25 | | register his or her license and may submit an appeal to the |
26 | | State Superintendent of Education for reinstatement of the |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 123 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | license. |
2 | | (9) If professional development opportunities were |
3 | | unavailable to a licensee, proof that opportunities were |
4 | | unavailable and request for an extension of time beyond |
5 | | August 31 to complete the renewal requirements may be |
6 | | submitted from April 1 through June 30 of that year to the |
7 | | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board. If an |
8 | | extension is approved, the license shall remain valid |
9 | | during the extension period. |
10 | | (10) Individuals who hold exempt licenses prior to |
11 | | December 27, 2013 (the effective date of Public Act 98-610) |
12 | | shall commence the annual renewal process with the first |
13 | | scheduled registration due after December 27, 2013 (the |
14 | | effective date of Public Act 98-610). |
15 | | (11) Notwithstanding any other provision of this |
16 | | subsection (e), if a licensee earns more than the required |
17 | | number of professional development hours during a renewal |
18 | | cycle, then the licensee may carry over any hours earned |
19 | | from April 1 through June 30 of the last year of the |
20 | | renewal cycle. Any hours carried over in this manner must |
21 | | be applied to the next renewal cycle. Illinois |
22 | | Administrators' Academy courses or hours earned in those |
23 | | courses may not be carried over. |
24 | | (f) At the time of renewal, each licensee shall respond to |
25 | | the required questions under penalty of perjury. |
26 | | (f-5) The State Board of Education shall conduct random |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 124 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | audits of licensees to verify a licensee's fulfillment of the |
2 | | professional development hours required under this Section. |
3 | | Upon completion of a random audit, if it is determined by the |
4 | | State Board of Education that the licensee did not complete the |
5 | | required number of professional development hours or did not |
6 | | provide sufficient proof of completion, the licensee shall be |
7 | | notified that his or her license has lapsed. A license that has |
8 | | lapsed under this subsection may be reinstated as provided in |
9 | | subsection (b). |
10 | | (g) The following entities shall be designated as approved |
11 | | to provide professional development activities for the renewal |
12 | | of Professional Educator Licenses: |
13 | | (1) The State Board of Education. |
14 | | (2) Regional offices of education and intermediate |
15 | | service centers. |
16 | | (3) Illinois professional associations representing |
17 | | the following groups that are approved by the State |
18 | | Superintendent of Education: |
19 | | (A) school administrators; |
20 | | (B) principals; |
21 | | (C) school business officials; |
22 | | (D) teachers, including special education |
23 | | teachers; |
24 | | (E) school boards; |
25 | | (F) school districts; |
26 | | (G) parents; and |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 125 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (H) school service personnel. |
2 | | (4) Regionally accredited institutions of higher |
3 | | education that offer Illinois-approved educator |
4 | | preparation programs and public community colleges subject |
5 | | to the Public Community College Act. |
6 | | (5) Illinois public school districts, charter schools |
7 | | authorized under Article 27A of this Code, and joint |
8 | | educational programs authorized under Article 10 of this |
9 | | Code for the purposes of providing career and technical |
10 | | education or special education services. |
11 | | (6) A not-for-profit organization that, as of December |
12 | | 31, 2014 (the effective date of Public Act 98-1147), has |
13 | | had or has a grant from or a contract with the State Board |
14 | | of Education to provide professional development services |
15 | | in the area of English Learning to Illinois school |
16 | | districts, teachers, or administrators. |
17 | | (7) State agencies, State boards, and State |
18 | | commissions. |
19 | | (8) Museums as defined in Section 10 of the Museum |
20 | | Disposition of Property Act. |
21 | | (h) Approved providers under subsection (g) of this Section |
22 | | shall make available professional development opportunities |
23 | | that satisfy at least one of the following: |
24 | | (1) increase the knowledge and skills of school and |
25 | | district leaders who guide continuous professional |
26 | | development; |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 126 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (2) improve the learning of students; |
2 | | (3) organize adults into learning communities whose |
3 | | goals are aligned with those of the school and district; |
4 | | (4) deepen educator's content knowledge; |
5 | | (5) provide educators with research-based |
6 | | instructional strategies to assist students in meeting |
7 | | rigorous academic standards; |
8 | | (6) prepare educators to appropriately use various |
9 | | types of classroom assessments; |
10 | | (7) use learning strategies appropriate to the |
11 | | intended goals; |
12 | | (8) provide educators with the knowledge and skills to |
13 | | collaborate; |
14 | | (9) prepare educators to apply research to decision |
15 | | making decision-making ; or |
16 | | (10) provide educators with training on inclusive |
17 | | practices in the classroom that examines instructional and |
18 | | behavioral strategies that improve academic and |
19 | | social-emotional outcomes for all students, with or |
20 | | without disabilities, in a general education setting. |
21 | | (i) Approved providers under subsection (g) of this Section |
22 | | shall do the following: |
23 | | (1) align professional development activities to the |
24 | | State-approved national standards for professional |
25 | | learning; |
26 | | (2) meet the professional development criteria for |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 127 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | Illinois licensure renewal; |
2 | | (3) produce a rationale for the activity that explains |
3 | | how it aligns to State standards and identify the |
4 | | assessment for determining the expected impact on student |
5 | | learning or school improvement; |
6 | | (4) maintain original documentation for completion of |
7 | | activities; |
8 | | (5) provide license holders with evidence of |
9 | | completion of activities; |
10 | | (6) request an Illinois Educator Identification Number |
11 | | (IEIN) for each educator during each professional |
12 | | development activity; and |
13 | | (7) beginning on July 1, 2019, register annually with |
14 | | the State Board of Education prior to offering any |
15 | | professional development opportunities in the current |
16 | | fiscal year. |
17 | | (j) The State Board of Education shall conduct annual |
18 | | audits of a subset of approved providers, except for school |
19 | | districts, which shall be audited by regional offices of |
20 | | education and intermediate service centers. The State Board of |
21 | | Education shall ensure that each approved provider, except for |
22 | | a school district, is audited at least once every 5 years. The |
23 | | State Board of Education may conduct more frequent audits of |
24 | | providers if evidence suggests the requirements of this Section |
25 | | or administrative rules are not being met. |
26 | | (1) (Blank). |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 128 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (2) Approved providers shall comply with the |
2 | | requirements in subsections (h) and (i) of this Section by |
3 | | annually submitting data to the State Board of Education |
4 | | demonstrating how the professional development activities |
5 | | impacted one or more of the following: |
6 | | (A) educator and student growth in regards to |
7 | | content knowledge or skills, or both; |
8 | | (B) educator and student social and emotional |
9 | | growth; or |
10 | | (C) alignment to district or school improvement |
11 | | plans. |
12 | | (3) The State Superintendent of Education shall review |
13 | | the annual data collected by the State Board of Education, |
14 | | regional offices of education, and intermediate service |
15 | | centers in audits to determine if the approved provider has |
16 | | met the criteria and should continue to be an approved |
17 | | provider or if further action should be taken as provided |
18 | | in rules. |
19 | | (k) Registration fees shall be paid for the next renewal |
20 | | cycle between April 1 and June 30 in the last year of each |
21 | | 5-year renewal cycle using ELIS. If all required professional |
22 | | development hours for the renewal cycle have been completed and |
23 | | entered by the licensee, the licensee shall pay the |
24 | | registration fees for the next cycle using a form of credit or |
25 | | debit card. |
26 | | (l) Any professional educator licensee endorsed for school |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 129 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | support personnel who is employed and performing services in |
2 | | Illinois public schools and who holds an active and current |
3 | | professional license issued by the Department of Financial and |
4 | | Professional Regulation or a national certification board, as |
5 | | approved by the State Board of Education, related to the |
6 | | endorsement areas on the Professional Educator License shall be |
7 | | deemed to have satisfied the continuing professional |
8 | | development requirements provided for in this Section. Such |
9 | | individuals shall be required to pay only registration fees to |
10 | | renew the Professional Educator License. An individual who does |
11 | | not hold a license issued by the Department of Financial and |
12 | | Professional Regulation shall complete professional |
13 | | development requirements for the renewal of a Professional |
14 | | Educator License provided for in this Section. |
15 | | (m) Appeals to the State Educator Preparation and Licensure |
16 | | Board
must be made within 30 days after receipt of notice from |
17 | | the State Superintendent of Education that a license will not |
18 | | be renewed based upon failure to complete the requirements of |
19 | | this Section. A licensee may appeal that decision to the State |
20 | | Educator Preparation and Licensure Board in a manner prescribed |
21 | | by rule. |
22 | | (1) Each appeal shall state the reasons why the State |
23 | | Superintendent's decision should be reversed and shall be |
24 | | sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the |
25 | | State Board of Education. |
26 | | (2) The State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 130 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | shall review each appeal regarding renewal of a license |
2 | | within 90 days after receiving the appeal in order to |
3 | | determine whether the licensee has met the requirements of |
4 | | this Section. The State Educator Preparation and Licensure |
5 | | Board may hold an appeal hearing or may make its |
6 | | determination based upon the record of review, which shall |
7 | | consist of the following: |
8 | | (A) the regional superintendent of education's |
9 | | rationale for recommending nonrenewal of the license, |
10 | | if applicable; |
11 | | (B) any evidence submitted to the State |
12 | | Superintendent along with the individual's electronic |
13 | | statement of assurance for renewal; and |
14 | | (C) the State Superintendent's rationale for |
15 | | nonrenewal of the license. |
16 | | (3) The State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board |
17 | | shall notify the licensee of its decision regarding license |
18 | | renewal by certified mail, return receipt requested, no |
19 | | later than 30 days after reaching a decision. Upon receipt |
20 | | of notification of renewal, the licensee, using ELIS, shall |
21 | | pay the applicable registration fee for the next cycle |
22 | | using a form of credit or debit card. |
23 | | (n) The State Board of Education may adopt rules as may be |
24 | | necessary to implement this Section. |
25 | | (Source: P.A. 100-13, eff. 7-1-17; 100-339, eff. 8-25-17; |
26 | | 100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 101-85, eff. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 131 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | 1-1-20; 101-531, eff. 8-23-19; revised 9-19-19.) |
2 | | (105 ILCS 5/21B-110 new) |
3 | | Sec. 21B-110. Public health emergency declaration. |
4 | | (a) This Section applies only during any time in which the |
5 | | Governor has declared a public health emergency under Section 7 |
6 | | of the Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. |
7 | | (b) Notwithstanding any other requirements under this |
8 | | Article, the requirements under subsection (f) of Section |
9 | | 21B-30 are waived for an applicant seeking an educator license. |
10 | | (c) Notwithstanding any other requirements under this |
11 | | Article, during the implementation of remote learning days |
12 | | under Section 10-30, a candidate seeking an educator license |
13 | | may: |
14 | | (1) complete his or her required student teaching or |
15 | | equivalent experience remotely; or |
16 | | (2) complete his or her required school business |
17 | | management internship remotely. |
18 | | (105 ILCS 5/21B-115 new) |
19 | | Sec. 21B-115. Spring 2020 student teaching or internship. |
20 | | Notwithstanding any other requirements under this Article, for |
21 | | the spring 2020 semester only, a candidate's requirement to |
22 | | complete student teaching or its equivalent or a school |
23 | | business management internship is waived. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 132 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (105 ILCS 5/22-89 new) |
2 | | Sec. 22-89. Graduates during the 2019-2020 school year. |
3 | | Notwithstanding any other provision of this Code, any diploma |
4 | | conferred during the 2019-2020 school year, including during |
5 | | the summer of 2020, under graduation requirements that were |
6 | | modified by an executive order, emergency rulemaking, or school |
7 | | board policy prompted by a gubernatorial disaster proclamation |
8 | | as a result of COVID-19 is deemed valid and is not subject to |
9 | | challenge or review due to a failure to meet minimum |
10 | | requirements otherwise required by this Code, administrative |
11 | | rule, or school board policy.
|
12 | | (105 ILCS 5/24-11) (from Ch. 122, par. 24-11)
|
13 | | Sec. 24-11. Boards of Education - Boards of School |
14 | | Inspectors -
Contractual continued service. |
15 | | (a) As used in this and the succeeding
Sections of this |
16 | | Article:
|
17 | | "Teacher" means any or all school district employees |
18 | | regularly required to be
certified under laws relating to the |
19 | | certification of teachers.
|
20 | | "Board" means board of directors, board of education, or |
21 | | board of school
inspectors, as the case may be.
|
22 | | "School term" means that portion of the school year, July 1 |
23 | | to the following
June 30, when school is in actual session.
|
24 | | "Program" means a program of a special education joint |
25 | | agreement. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 133 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | "Program of a special education joint agreement" means |
2 | | instructional, consultative, supervisory, administrative, |
3 | | diagnostic, and related services that are managed by a special |
4 | | educational joint agreement designed to service 2 or more |
5 | | school districts that are members of the joint agreement. |
6 | | "PERA implementation date" means the implementation date |
7 | | of an evaluation system for teachers as specified by Section |
8 | | 24A-2.5 of this Code for all schools within a school district |
9 | | or all programs of a special education joint agreement. |
10 | | (b) This Section and Sections 24-12 through 24-16 of this |
11 | | Article apply only to
school districts having less than 500,000 |
12 | | inhabitants.
|
13 | | (c) Any teacher who is first employed as a full-time |
14 | | teacher in a school district or program prior to the PERA |
15 | | implementation date and who is employed in that district or |
16 | | program for
a probationary period of 4 consecutive school terms |
17 | | shall enter upon
contractual continued service in the district |
18 | | or in all of the programs that the teacher is legally qualified |
19 | | to hold, unless the teacher is given written notice of |
20 | | dismissal by certified mail, return receipt requested, by
the |
21 | | employing board at least 45 days before the end of any school |
22 | | term within such
period.
|
23 | | (d) For any teacher who is first employed as a full-time |
24 | | teacher in a school district or program on or after the PERA |
25 | | implementation date, the probationary period shall be one of |
26 | | the following periods, based upon the teacher's school terms of |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 134 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | service and performance, before the teacher shall enter upon |
2 | | contractual continued service in the district or in all of the |
3 | | programs that the teacher is legally qualified to hold, unless |
4 | | the teacher is given written notice of dismissal by certified |
5 | | mail, return receipt requested, by the employing board at least |
6 | | 45 days before the end of any school term within such period: |
7 | | (1) 4 consecutive school terms of service in which the |
8 | | teacher receives overall annual evaluation ratings of at |
9 | | least "Proficient" in the last school term and at least |
10 | | "Proficient" in either the second or third school term; |
11 | | (2) 3 consecutive school terms of service in which the |
12 | | teacher receives 3 overall annual evaluations of |
13 | | "Excellent"; or |
14 | | (3) 2 consecutive school terms of service in which the |
15 | | teacher receives 2 overall annual evaluations of |
16 | | "Excellent" service, but only if the teacher (i) previously |
17 | | attained contractual continued service in a different |
18 | | school district or program in this State, (ii) voluntarily |
19 | | departed or was honorably dismissed from that school |
20 | | district or program in the school term immediately prior to |
21 | | the teacher's first school term of service applicable to |
22 | | the attainment of contractual continued service under this |
23 | | subdivision (3), and (iii) received, in his or her 2 most |
24 | | recent overall annual or biennial evaluations from the |
25 | | prior school district or program, ratings of at least |
26 | | "Proficient", with both such ratings occurring after the |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 135 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | school district's or program's PERA implementation date. |
2 | | For a teacher to attain contractual continued service under |
3 | | this subdivision (3), the teacher shall provide official |
4 | | copies of his or her 2 most recent overall annual or |
5 | | biennial evaluations from the prior school district or |
6 | | program to the new school district or program within 60 |
7 | | days from the teacher's first day of service with the new |
8 | | school district or program. The prior school district or |
9 | | program must provide the teacher with official copies of |
10 | | his or her 2 most recent overall annual or biennial |
11 | | evaluations within 14 days after the teacher's request. If |
12 | | a teacher has requested such official copies prior to 45 |
13 | | days after the teacher's first day of service with the new |
14 | | school district or program and the teacher's prior school |
15 | | district or program fails to provide the teacher with the |
16 | | official copies required under this subdivision (3), then |
17 | | the time period for the teacher to submit the official |
18 | | copies to his or her new school district or program must be |
19 | | extended until 14 days after receipt of such copies from |
20 | | the prior school district or program. If the prior school |
21 | | district or program fails to provide the teacher with the |
22 | | official copies required under this subdivision (3) within |
23 | | 90 days from the teacher's first day of service with the |
24 | | new school district or program, then the new school |
25 | | district or program shall rely upon the teacher's own |
26 | | copies of his or her evaluations for purposes of this |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 136 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | subdivision (3). |
2 | | If the teacher does not receive overall annual evaluations |
3 | | of "Excellent" in the school terms necessary for eligibility to |
4 | | achieve accelerated contractual continued service in |
5 | | subdivisions (2) and (3) of this subsection (d), the teacher |
6 | | shall be eligible for contractual continued service pursuant to |
7 | | subdivision (1) of this subsection (d). If, at the conclusion |
8 | | of 4 consecutive school terms of service that count toward |
9 | | attainment of contractual continued service, the teacher's |
10 | | performance does not qualify the teacher for contractual |
11 | | continued service under subdivision (1) of this subsection (d), |
12 | | then the teacher shall not enter upon contractual continued |
13 | | service and shall be dismissed. If a performance evaluation is |
14 | | not conducted for any school term when such evaluation is |
15 | | required to be conducted under Section 24A-5 of this Code, then |
16 | | the teacher's performance evaluation rating for such school |
17 | | term for purposes of determining the attainment of contractual |
18 | | continued service shall be deemed "Proficient" , except that, |
19 | | during any time in which the Governor has declared a disaster |
20 | | due to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the |
21 | | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act, this default to |
22 | | "Proficient" does not apply to any teacher who has entered into |
23 | | contractual continued service and who was deemed "Excellent" on |
24 | | his or her most recent evaluation . During any time in which the |
25 | | Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health |
26 | | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 137 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | Management Agency Act and unless the school board and any |
2 | | exclusive bargaining representative have completed the |
3 | | performance rating for teachers or mutually agreed to an |
4 | | alternate performance rating, any teacher who has entered into |
5 | | contractual continued service, whose most recent evaluation |
6 | | was deemed "Excellent", and whose performance evaluation is not |
7 | | conducted when the evaluation is required to be conducted shall |
8 | | receive a teacher's performance rating deemed "Excellent". A |
9 | | school board and any exclusive bargaining representative may |
10 | | mutually agree to an alternate performance rating for teachers |
11 | | not in contractual continued service during any time in which |
12 | | the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health |
13 | | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency |
14 | | Management Agency Act, as long as the agreement is in writing. |
15 | | (e) For the purposes of determining contractual continued |
16 | | service, a school term shall be counted only toward attainment |
17 | | of contractual continued service if the teacher actually |
18 | | teaches or is otherwise present and participating in the |
19 | | district's or program's educational program for 120 days or |
20 | | more, provided that the days of leave under the federal Family |
21 | | Medical Leave Act that the teacher is required to take until |
22 | | the end of the school term shall be considered days of teaching |
23 | | or participation in the district's or program's educational |
24 | | program. A school term that is not counted toward attainment of |
25 | | contractual continued service shall not be considered a break |
26 | | in service for purposes of determining whether a teacher has |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 138 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | been employed for 4 consecutive school terms, provided that the |
2 | | teacher actually teaches or is otherwise present and |
3 | | participating in the district's or program's educational |
4 | | program in the following school term. |
5 | | (f) If the employing board determines to dismiss the |
6 | | teacher in the last year of the probationary period as provided |
7 | | in subsection (c) of this Section or subdivision (1) or (2) of |
8 | | subsection (d) of this Section, but not subdivision (3) of |
9 | | subsection (d) of this Section, the written notice of dismissal |
10 | | provided by the employing board must contain specific reasons |
11 | | for dismissal. Any full-time teacher who does not receive |
12 | | written notice from the employing board at least 45 days before |
13 | | the end of any school term as provided in this Section and |
14 | | whose performance does not require dismissal after the fourth |
15 | | probationary year pursuant to subsection (d) of this Section |
16 | | shall be re-employed for the following school term.
|
17 | | (g) Contractual continued service shall continue in effect |
18 | | the terms and
provisions of the contract with the teacher |
19 | | during the last school term
of the probationary period, subject |
20 | | to this Act and the lawful
regulations of the employing board. |
21 | | This Section and succeeding Sections
do not modify any existing |
22 | | power of the board except with respect to the
procedure of the |
23 | | discharge of a teacher and reductions in salary as
hereinafter |
24 | | provided. Contractual continued service status shall not
|
25 | | restrict the power of the board to transfer a teacher to a |
26 | | position
which the teacher is qualified to fill or to make such |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 139 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | salary
adjustments as it deems desirable, but unless reductions |
2 | | in salary are
uniform or based upon some reasonable |
3 | | classification, any teacher whose
salary is reduced shall be |
4 | | entitled to a notice and a hearing as
hereinafter provided in |
5 | | the case of certain dismissals or removals.
|
6 | | (h) If, by reason of any change in the boundaries of school |
7 | | districts or by reason of the creation of a new school |
8 | | district, the position held by any teacher having a contractual |
9 | | continued service status is transferred from one board to the |
10 | | control of a new or different board, then the contractual |
11 | | continued service status of the teacher is not thereby lost, |
12 | | and such new or different board is subject to this Code with |
13 | | respect to the teacher in the same manner as if the teacher |
14 | | were its employee and had been its employee during the time the |
15 | | teacher was actually employed by the board from whose control |
16 | | the position was transferred. |
17 | | (i) The employment of any teacher in a program of a special |
18 | | education joint
agreement established under Section 3-15.14, |
19 | | 10-22.31 or 10-22.31a shall be governed by
this and succeeding |
20 | | Sections of this Article. For purposes of
attaining and |
21 | | maintaining contractual continued service and computing
length |
22 | | of continuing service as referred to in this Section and |
23 | | Section
24-12, employment in a special educational joint |
24 | | program shall be deemed a
continuation of all previous |
25 | | certificated employment of such teacher for
such joint |
26 | | agreement whether the employer of the teacher was the joint
|
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 140 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | agreement, the regional superintendent, or one of the |
2 | | participating
districts in the joint agreement.
|
3 | | (j) For any teacher employed after July 1, 1987 as a |
4 | | full-time teacher in a program of a special education joint |
5 | | agreement, whether the program is operated by the joint |
6 | | agreement or a member district on behalf of the joint |
7 | | agreement, in the event of a reduction in the number of |
8 | | programs or positions in the joint agreement in which the |
9 | | notice of dismissal is provided on or before the end of the |
10 | | 2010-2011 school term, the teacher in contractual continued |
11 | | service is eligible for employment in the joint agreement |
12 | | programs for which the teacher is legally qualified in order of |
13 | | greater length of continuing service in the joint agreement, |
14 | | unless an alternative method of determining the sequence of |
15 | | dismissal is established in a collective bargaining agreement. |
16 | | For any teacher employed after July 1, 1987 as a full-time |
17 | | teacher in a program of a special education joint agreement, |
18 | | whether the program is operated by the joint agreement or a |
19 | | member district on behalf of the joint agreement, in the event |
20 | | of a reduction in the number of programs or positions in the |
21 | | joint agreement in which the notice of dismissal is provided |
22 | | during the 2011-2012 school term or a subsequent school term, |
23 | | the teacher shall be included on the honorable dismissal lists |
24 | | of all joint agreement programs for positions for which the |
25 | | teacher is qualified and is eligible for employment in such |
26 | | programs in accordance with subsections (b) and (c) of Section |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 141 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | 24-12 of this Code and the applicable honorable dismissal |
2 | | policies of the joint agreement. |
3 | | (k) For any teacher employed after July 1, 1987 as a |
4 | | full-time teacher in a program of a special education joint |
5 | | agreement, whether the program is operated by the joint |
6 | | agreement or a member district on behalf of the joint |
7 | | agreement, in the event of the dissolution of a joint |
8 | | agreement, in which the notice to teachers of the dissolution |
9 | | is provided during the 2010-2011 school term, the teacher in |
10 | | contractual continued service who is legally qualified shall be |
11 | | assigned to any comparable position in a member district |
12 | | currently held by a teacher who has not entered upon |
13 | | contractual continued service or held by a teacher who has |
14 | | entered upon contractual continued service with a shorter |
15 | | length of contractual continued service. Any teacher employed |
16 | | after July 1, 1987 as a full-time teacher in a program of a |
17 | | special education joint agreement, whether the program is |
18 | | operated by the joint agreement or a member district on behalf |
19 | | of the joint agreement, in the event of the dissolution of a |
20 | | joint agreement in which the notice to teachers of the |
21 | | dissolution is provided during the 2011-2012 school term or a |
22 | | subsequent school term, the teacher who is qualified shall be |
23 | | included on the order of honorable dismissal lists of each |
24 | | member district and shall be assigned to any comparable |
25 | | position in any such district in accordance with subsections |
26 | | (b) and (c) of Section 24-12 of this Code and the applicable |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 142 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | honorable dismissal policies of each member district.
|
2 | | (l) The governing board of the joint agreement, or the |
3 | | administrative
district, if so authorized by the articles of |
4 | | agreement of the joint
agreement, rather than the board of |
5 | | education of a school district, may
carry out employment and |
6 | | termination actions including dismissals under
this Section |
7 | | and Section 24-12.
|
8 | | (m) The employment of any teacher in a special education |
9 | | program
authorized by Section 14-1.01 through 14-14.01, or a |
10 | | joint educational
program established under Section 10-22.31a, |
11 | | shall be under this and the
succeeding Sections of this |
12 | | Article, and such employment shall be deemed
a continuation of |
13 | | the previous employment of such teacher in any of the
|
14 | | participating districts, regardless of the participation of |
15 | | other
districts in the program. |
16 | | (n) Any teacher employed as a full-time teacher in
a |
17 | | special education program prior to September 23, 1987 in which |
18 | | 2 or
more school districts
participate for a probationary |
19 | | period of 2 consecutive years shall enter
upon contractual |
20 | | continued service in each of the participating
districts, |
21 | | subject to this and the succeeding Sections of this Article,
|
22 | | and, notwithstanding Section 24-1.5 of this Code, in the event |
23 | | of the termination of the program shall be eligible for
any |
24 | | vacant position in any of such districts for which such teacher |
25 | | is
qualified.
|
26 | | (Source: P.A. 97-8, eff. 6-13-11; 98-513, eff. 1-1-14.)
|
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 143 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (105 ILCS 5/24-12) (from Ch. 122, par. 24-12)
|
2 | | Sec. 24-12. Removal or dismissal of teachers in contractual
|
3 | | continued service. |
4 | | (a) This subsection (a) applies only to honorable |
5 | | dismissals and recalls in which the notice of dismissal is |
6 | | provided on or before the end of the 2010-2011 school term. If |
7 | | a teacher in contractual continued service is
removed or |
8 | | dismissed as a result of a decision of the board to decrease
|
9 | | the number of teachers employed by the board or to discontinue |
10 | | some
particular type of teaching service, written notice shall |
11 | | be mailed to the
teacher and also given the
teacher either by |
12 | | certified mail, return receipt requested or
personal delivery |
13 | | with receipt at least 60
days before
the end of the school |
14 | | term, together with a statement of honorable
dismissal and the |
15 | | reason therefor, and in all such cases the board shall
first |
16 | | remove or dismiss all teachers who have not entered upon |
17 | | contractual
continued service before removing or dismissing |
18 | | any teacher who has entered
upon contractual continued service |
19 | | and who is legally qualified to hold a
position currently held |
20 | | by a teacher who has not entered upon contractual
continued |
21 | | service. |
22 | | As between teachers who have entered upon contractual
|
23 | | continued service, the teacher or teachers with the shorter |
24 | | length of
continuing service with the district shall be |
25 | | dismissed first
unless an alternative method of determining the |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 144 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | sequence of dismissal is
established in a collective bargaining |
2 | | agreement or contract between the
board and a professional |
3 | | faculty members' organization and except that
this provision |
4 | | shall not impair the operation of any affirmative action
|
5 | | program in the district, regardless of whether it exists by |
6 | | operation of
law or is conducted on a voluntary basis by the |
7 | | board. Any teacher
dismissed as a result of such decrease or |
8 | | discontinuance shall be paid
all earned compensation on or |
9 | | before the third business day following
the last day of pupil |
10 | | attendance in the regular school term. |
11 | | If the
board has any vacancies for the following school |
12 | | term or within one
calendar year from the beginning of the |
13 | | following school term, the
positions thereby becoming |
14 | | available shall be tendered to the teachers
so removed or |
15 | | dismissed so far as they are legally qualified to hold
such |
16 | | positions; provided, however, that if the number of honorable
|
17 | | dismissal notices based on economic necessity exceeds 15% of |
18 | | the number of full-time
equivalent positions filled by |
19 | | certified employees (excluding
principals and administrative |
20 | | personnel) during the preceding school year,
then if the board |
21 | | has any vacancies for the following school term or within
2 |
22 | | calendar years from the beginning of the following
school term, |
23 | | the positions so becoming available shall be tendered to the
|
24 | | teachers who were so notified and removed or dismissed whenever |
25 | | they are
legally qualified to hold such positions. Each board |
26 | | shall, in consultation
with any exclusive employee |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 145 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | representatives, each year establish a list,
categorized by |
2 | | positions, showing the length of continuing service of each
|
3 | | teacher who is qualified to hold any such positions, unless an |
4 | | alternative
method of determining a sequence of dismissal is |
5 | | established as provided
for in this Section, in which case a |
6 | | list shall be made in accordance with
the alternative method. |
7 | | Copies of the list shall be distributed to the
exclusive |
8 | | employee representative on or before February 1 of each year.
|
9 | | Whenever the number of honorable dismissal notices based upon |
10 | | economic
necessity exceeds 5, or 150% of the average number of |
11 | | teachers honorably
dismissed in the preceding 3 years, |
12 | | whichever is more, then the board also
shall hold a public |
13 | | hearing on the question of the dismissals. Following
the |
14 | | hearing and board review, the action to approve any such |
15 | | reduction shall
require a majority vote of the board members.
|
16 | | (b) This subsection (b) applies only to honorable |
17 | | dismissals and recalls in which the notice of dismissal is |
18 | | provided during the 2011-2012 school term or a subsequent |
19 | | school term. If any teacher, whether or not in contractual |
20 | | continued service, is removed or dismissed as a result of a |
21 | | decision of a school board to decrease the number of teachers |
22 | | employed by the board, a decision of a school board to |
23 | | discontinue some particular type of teaching service, or a |
24 | | reduction in the number of programs or positions in a special |
25 | | education joint agreement, then written notice must be mailed |
26 | | to the teacher and also given to the teacher either by |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 146 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | electronic mail, certified mail, return receipt requested, or |
2 | | personal delivery with receipt at least 45 days before the end |
3 | | of the school term, together with a statement of honorable |
4 | | dismissal and the reason therefor, and in all such cases the |
5 | | sequence of dismissal shall occur in accordance with this |
6 | | subsection (b); except that this subsection (b) shall not |
7 | | impair the operation of any affirmative action program in the |
8 | | school district, regardless of whether it exists by operation |
9 | | of law or is conducted on a voluntary basis by the board. |
10 | | Each teacher must be categorized into one or more positions |
11 | | for which the teacher is qualified to hold, based upon legal |
12 | | qualifications and any other qualifications established in a |
13 | | district or joint agreement job description, on or before the |
14 | | May 10 prior to the school year during which the sequence of |
15 | | dismissal is determined. Within each position and subject to |
16 | | agreements made by the joint committee on honorable dismissals |
17 | | that are authorized by subsection (c) of this Section, the |
18 | | school district or joint agreement must establish 4 groupings |
19 | | of teachers qualified to hold the position as follows: |
20 | | (1) Grouping one shall consist of each teacher who is |
21 | | not in contractual continued service and who (i) has not |
22 | | received a performance evaluation rating, (ii) is employed |
23 | | for one school term or less to replace a teacher on leave, |
24 | | or (iii) is employed on a part-time basis. "Part-time |
25 | | basis" for the purposes of this subsection (b) means a |
26 | | teacher who is employed to teach less than a full-day, |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 147 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | teacher workload or less than 5 days of the normal student |
2 | | attendance week, unless otherwise provided for in a |
3 | | collective bargaining agreement between the district and |
4 | | the exclusive representative of the district's teachers. |
5 | | For the purposes of this Section, a teacher (A) who is |
6 | | employed as a full-time teacher but who actually teaches or |
7 | | is otherwise present and participating in the district's |
8 | | educational program for less than a school term or (B) who, |
9 | | in the immediately previous school term, was employed on a |
10 | | full-time basis and actually taught or was otherwise |
11 | | present and participated in the district's educational |
12 | | program for 120 days or more is not considered employed on |
13 | | a part-time basis. |
14 | | (2) Grouping 2 shall consist of each teacher with a |
15 | | Needs Improvement or Unsatisfactory performance evaluation |
16 | | rating on either of the teacher's last 2 performance |
17 | | evaluation ratings. |
18 | | (3) Grouping 3 shall consist of each teacher with a |
19 | | performance evaluation rating of at least Satisfactory or |
20 | | Proficient on both of the teacher's last 2 performance |
21 | | evaluation ratings, if 2 ratings are available, or on the |
22 | | teacher's last performance evaluation rating, if only one |
23 | | rating is available, unless the teacher qualifies for |
24 | | placement into grouping 4. |
25 | | (4) Grouping 4 shall consist of each teacher whose last |
26 | | 2 performance evaluation ratings are Excellent and each |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 148 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | teacher with 2 Excellent performance evaluation ratings |
2 | | out of the teacher's last 3 performance evaluation ratings |
3 | | with a third rating of Satisfactory or Proficient. |
4 | | Among teachers qualified to hold a position, teachers must |
5 | | be dismissed in the order of their groupings, with teachers in |
6 | | grouping one dismissed first and teachers in grouping 4 |
7 | | dismissed last. |
8 | | Within grouping one, the sequence of dismissal must be at |
9 | | the discretion of the school district or joint agreement. |
10 | | Within grouping 2, the sequence of dismissal must be based upon |
11 | | average performance evaluation ratings, with the teacher or |
12 | | teachers with the lowest average performance evaluation rating |
13 | | dismissed first. A teacher's average performance evaluation |
14 | | rating must be calculated using the average of the teacher's |
15 | | last 2 performance evaluation ratings, if 2 ratings are |
16 | | available, or the teacher's last performance evaluation |
17 | | rating, if only one rating is available, using the following |
18 | | numerical values: 4 for Excellent; 3 for Proficient or |
19 | | Satisfactory; 2 for Needs Improvement; and 1 for |
20 | | Unsatisfactory. As between or among teachers in grouping 2 with |
21 | | the same average performance evaluation rating and within each |
22 | | of groupings 3 and 4, the teacher or teachers with the shorter |
23 | | length of continuing service with the school district or joint |
24 | | agreement must be dismissed first unless an alternative method |
25 | | of determining the sequence of dismissal is established in a |
26 | | collective bargaining agreement or contract between the board |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 149 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | and a professional faculty members' organization. |
2 | | Each board, including the governing board of a joint |
3 | | agreement, shall, in consultation with any exclusive employee |
4 | | representatives, each year establish a sequence of honorable |
5 | | dismissal list categorized by positions and the groupings |
6 | | defined in this subsection (b). Copies of the list showing each |
7 | | teacher by name and categorized by positions and the groupings |
8 | | defined in this subsection (b) must be distributed to the |
9 | | exclusive bargaining representative at least 75 days before the |
10 | | end of the school term, provided that the school district or |
11 | | joint agreement may, with notice to any exclusive employee |
12 | | representatives, move teachers from grouping one into another |
13 | | grouping during the period of time from 75 days until 45 days |
14 | | before the end of the school term. Each year, each board shall |
15 | | also establish, in consultation with any exclusive employee |
16 | | representatives, a list showing the length of continuing |
17 | | service of each teacher who is qualified to hold any such |
18 | | positions, unless an alternative method of determining a |
19 | | sequence of dismissal is established as provided for in this |
20 | | Section, in which case a list must be made in accordance with |
21 | | the alternative method. Copies of the list must be distributed |
22 | | to the exclusive employee representative at least 75 days |
23 | | before the end of the school term. |
24 | | Any teacher dismissed as a result of such decrease or |
25 | | discontinuance must be paid all earned compensation on or |
26 | | before the third business day following the last day of pupil |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 150 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | attendance in the regular school term. |
2 | | If the board or joint agreement has any vacancies for the |
3 | | following school term or within one calendar year from the |
4 | | beginning of the following school term, the positions thereby |
5 | | becoming available must be tendered to the teachers so removed |
6 | | or dismissed who were in grouping groupings 3 or 4 of the |
7 | | sequence of dismissal and are qualified to hold the positions, |
8 | | based upon legal qualifications and any other qualifications |
9 | | established in a district or joint agreement job description, |
10 | | on or before the May 10 prior to the date of the positions |
11 | | becoming available, provided that if the number of honorable |
12 | | dismissal notices based on economic necessity exceeds 15% of |
13 | | the number of full-time equivalent positions filled by |
14 | | certified employees (excluding principals and administrative |
15 | | personnel) during the preceding school year, then the recall |
16 | | period is for the following school term or within 2 calendar |
17 | | years from the beginning of the following school term. If the |
18 | | board or joint agreement has any vacancies within the period |
19 | | from the beginning of the following school term through |
20 | | February 1 of the following school term (unless a date later |
21 | | than February 1, but no later than 6 months from the beginning |
22 | | of the following school term, is established in a collective |
23 | | bargaining agreement), the positions thereby becoming |
24 | | available must be tendered to the teachers so removed or |
25 | | dismissed who were in grouping 2 of the sequence of dismissal |
26 | | due to one "needs improvement" rating on either of the |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 151 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | teacher's last 2 performance evaluation ratings, provided |
2 | | that, if 2 ratings are available, the other performance |
3 | | evaluation rating used for grouping purposes is |
4 | | "satisfactory", "proficient", or "excellent", and are |
5 | | qualified to hold the positions, based upon legal |
6 | | qualifications and any other qualifications established in a |
7 | | district or joint agreement job description, on or before the |
8 | | May 10 prior to the date of the positions becoming available. |
9 | | On and after July 1, 2014 (the effective date of Public Act |
10 | | 98-648), the preceding sentence shall apply to teachers removed |
11 | | or dismissed by honorable dismissal, even if notice of |
12 | | honorable dismissal occurred during the 2013-2014 school year. |
13 | | Among teachers eligible for recall pursuant to the preceding |
14 | | sentence, the order of recall must be in inverse order of |
15 | | dismissal, unless an alternative order of recall is established |
16 | | in a collective bargaining agreement or contract between the |
17 | | board and a professional faculty members' organization. |
18 | | Whenever the number of honorable dismissal notices based upon |
19 | | economic necessity exceeds 5 notices or 150% of the average |
20 | | number of teachers honorably dismissed in the preceding 3 |
21 | | years, whichever is more, then the school board or governing |
22 | | board of a joint agreement, as applicable, shall also hold a |
23 | | public hearing on the question of the dismissals. Following the |
24 | | hearing and board review, the action to approve any such |
25 | | reduction shall require a majority vote of the board members. |
26 | | For purposes of this subsection (b), subject to agreement |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 152 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | on an alternative definition reached by the joint committee |
2 | | described in subsection (c) of this Section, a teacher's |
3 | | performance evaluation rating means the overall performance |
4 | | evaluation rating resulting from an annual or biennial |
5 | | performance evaluation conducted pursuant to Article 24A of |
6 | | this Code by the school district or joint agreement determining |
7 | | the sequence of dismissal, not including any performance |
8 | | evaluation conducted during or at the end of a remediation |
9 | | period. No more than one evaluation rating each school term |
10 | | shall be one of the evaluation ratings used for the purpose of |
11 | | determining the sequence of dismissal. Except as otherwise |
12 | | provided in this subsection for any performance evaluations |
13 | | conducted during or at the end of a remediation period, if |
14 | | multiple performance evaluations are conducted in a school |
15 | | term, only the rating from the last evaluation conducted prior |
16 | | to establishing the sequence of honorable dismissal list in |
17 | | such school term shall be the one evaluation rating from that |
18 | | school term used for the purpose of determining the sequence of |
19 | | dismissal. Averaging ratings from multiple evaluations is not |
20 | | permitted unless otherwise agreed to in a collective bargaining |
21 | | agreement or contract between the board and a professional |
22 | | faculty members' organization. The preceding 3 sentences are |
23 | | not a legislative declaration that existing law does or does |
24 | | not already require that only one performance evaluation each |
25 | | school term shall be used for the purpose of determining the |
26 | | sequence of dismissal. For performance evaluation ratings |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 153 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | determined prior to September 1, 2012, any school district or |
2 | | joint agreement with a performance evaluation rating system |
3 | | that does not use either of the rating category systems |
4 | | specified in subsection (d) of Section 24A-5 of this Code for |
5 | | all teachers must establish a basis for assigning each teacher |
6 | | a rating that complies with subsection (d) of Section 24A-5 of |
7 | | this Code for all of the performance evaluation ratings that |
8 | | are to be used to determine the sequence of dismissal. A |
9 | | teacher's grouping and ranking on a sequence of honorable |
10 | | dismissal shall be deemed a part of the teacher's performance |
11 | | evaluation, and that information shall be disclosed to the |
12 | | exclusive bargaining representative as part of a sequence of |
13 | | honorable dismissal list, notwithstanding any laws prohibiting |
14 | | disclosure of such information. A performance evaluation |
15 | | rating may be used to determine the sequence of dismissal, |
16 | | notwithstanding the pendency of any grievance resolution or |
17 | | arbitration procedures relating to the performance evaluation. |
18 | | If a teacher has received at least one performance evaluation |
19 | | rating conducted by the school district or joint agreement |
20 | | determining the sequence of dismissal and a subsequent |
21 | | performance evaluation is not conducted in any school year in |
22 | | which such evaluation is required to be conducted under Section |
23 | | 24A-5 of this Code, the teacher's performance evaluation rating |
24 | | for that school year for purposes of determining the sequence |
25 | | of dismissal is deemed Proficient , except that, during any time |
26 | | in which the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 154 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois |
2 | | Emergency Management Agency Act, this default to Proficient |
3 | | does not apply to any teacher who has entered into contractual |
4 | | continued service and who was deemed Excellent on his or her |
5 | | most recent evaluation . During any time in which the Governor |
6 | | has declared a disaster due to a public health emergency |
7 | | pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency Management |
8 | | Agency Act and unless the school board and any exclusive |
9 | | bargaining representative have completed the performance |
10 | | rating for teachers or have mutually agreed to an alternate |
11 | | performance rating, any teacher who has entered into |
12 | | contractual continued service, whose most recent evaluation |
13 | | was deemed Excellent, and whose performance evaluation is not |
14 | | conducted when the evaluation is required to be conducted shall |
15 | | receive a teacher's performance rating deemed Excellent. A |
16 | | school board and any exclusive bargaining representative may |
17 | | mutually agree to an alternate performance rating for teachers |
18 | | not in contractual continued service during any time in which |
19 | | the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health |
20 | | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency |
21 | | Management Agency Act, as long as the agreement is in writing. |
22 | | If a performance evaluation rating is nullified as the result |
23 | | of an arbitration, administrative agency, or court |
24 | | determination, then the school district or joint agreement is |
25 | | deemed to have conducted a performance evaluation for that |
26 | | school year, but the performance evaluation rating may not be |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 155 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | used in determining the sequence of dismissal. |
2 | | Nothing in this subsection (b) shall be construed as |
3 | | limiting the right of a school board or governing board of a |
4 | | joint agreement to dismiss a teacher not in contractual |
5 | | continued service in accordance with Section 24-11 of this |
6 | | Code. |
7 | | Any provisions regarding the sequence of honorable |
8 | | dismissals and recall of honorably dismissed teachers in a |
9 | | collective bargaining agreement entered into on or before |
10 | | January 1, 2011 and in effect on June 13, 2011 (the effective |
11 | | date of Public Act 97-8) that may conflict with Public Act 97-8 |
12 | | shall remain in effect through the expiration of such agreement |
13 | | or June 30, 2013, whichever is earlier. |
14 | | (c) Each school district and special education joint |
15 | | agreement must use a joint committee composed of equal |
16 | | representation selected by the school board and its teachers |
17 | | or, if applicable, the exclusive bargaining representative of |
18 | | its teachers, to address the matters described in paragraphs |
19 | | (1) through (5) of this subsection (c) pertaining to honorable |
20 | | dismissals under subsection (b) of this Section. |
21 | | (1) The joint committee must consider and may agree to |
22 | | criteria for excluding from grouping 2 and placing into |
23 | | grouping 3 a teacher whose last 2 performance evaluations |
24 | | include a Needs Improvement and either a Proficient or |
25 | | Excellent. |
26 | | (2) The joint committee must consider and may agree to |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 156 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | an alternative definition for grouping 4, which definition |
2 | | must take into account prior performance evaluation |
3 | | ratings and may take into account other factors that relate |
4 | | to the school district's or program's educational |
5 | | objectives. An alternative definition for grouping 4 may |
6 | | not permit the inclusion of a teacher in the grouping with |
7 | | a Needs Improvement or Unsatisfactory performance |
8 | | evaluation rating on either of the teacher's last 2 |
9 | | performance evaluation ratings. |
10 | | (3) The joint committee may agree to including within |
11 | | the definition of a performance evaluation rating a |
12 | | performance evaluation rating administered by a school |
13 | | district or joint agreement other than the school district |
14 | | or joint agreement determining the sequence of dismissal. |
15 | | (4) For each school district or joint agreement that |
16 | | administers performance evaluation ratings that are |
17 | | inconsistent with either of the rating category systems |
18 | | specified in subsection (d) of Section 24A-5 of this Code, |
19 | | the school district or joint agreement must consult with |
20 | | the joint committee on the basis for assigning a rating |
21 | | that complies with subsection (d) of Section 24A-5 of this |
22 | | Code to each performance evaluation rating that will be |
23 | | used in a sequence of dismissal. |
24 | | (5) Upon request by a joint committee member submitted |
25 | | to the employing board by no later than 10 days after the |
26 | | distribution of the sequence of honorable dismissal list, a |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 157 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | representative of the employing board shall, within 5 days |
2 | | after the request, provide to members of the joint |
3 | | committee a list showing the most recent and prior |
4 | | performance evaluation ratings of each teacher identified |
5 | | only by length of continuing service in the district or |
6 | | joint agreement and not by name. If, after review of this |
7 | | list, a member of the joint committee has a good faith |
8 | | belief that a disproportionate number of teachers with |
9 | | greater length of continuing service with the district or |
10 | | joint agreement have received a recent performance |
11 | | evaluation rating lower than the prior rating, the member |
12 | | may request that the joint committee review the list to |
13 | | assess whether such a trend may exist. Following the joint |
14 | | committee's review, but by no later than the end of the |
15 | | applicable school term, the joint committee or any member |
16 | | or members of the joint committee may submit a report of |
17 | | the review to the employing board and exclusive bargaining |
18 | | representative, if any. Nothing in this paragraph (5) shall |
19 | | impact the order of honorable dismissal or a school |
20 | | district's or joint agreement's authority to carry out a |
21 | | dismissal in accordance with subsection (b) of this |
22 | | Section. |
23 | | Agreement by the joint committee as to a matter requires |
24 | | the majority vote of all committee members, and if the joint |
25 | | committee does not reach agreement on a matter, then the |
26 | | otherwise applicable requirements of subsection (b) of this |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 158 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | Section shall apply. Except as explicitly set forth in this |
2 | | subsection (c), a joint committee has no authority to agree to |
3 | | any further modifications to the requirements for honorable |
4 | | dismissals set forth in subsection (b) of this Section.
The |
5 | | joint committee must be established, and the first meeting of |
6 | | the joint committee each school year must occur on or before |
7 | | December 1. |
8 | | The joint committee must reach agreement on a matter on or |
9 | | before February 1 of a school year in order for the agreement |
10 | | of the joint committee to apply to the sequence of dismissal |
11 | | determined during that school year. Subject to the February 1 |
12 | | deadline for agreements, the agreement of a joint committee on |
13 | | a matter shall apply to the sequence of dismissal until the |
14 | | agreement is amended or terminated by the joint committee. |
15 | | The provisions of the Open Meetings Act shall not apply to |
16 | | meetings of a joint committee created under this subsection |
17 | | (c). |
18 | | (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this |
19 | | subsection (d), the requirements and dismissal procedures of |
20 | | Section 24-16.5 of this Code shall apply to any dismissal |
21 | | sought under Section 24-16.5 of this Code. |
22 | | (1) If a dismissal of a teacher in contractual |
23 | | continued service is sought for any reason or cause other |
24 | | than an honorable dismissal under subsections (a) or (b) of |
25 | | this Section or a dismissal sought under Section 24-16.5 of |
26 | | this Code,
including those under Section 10-22.4, the board |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 159 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | must first approve a
motion containing specific charges by |
2 | | a majority vote of all its
members. Written notice of such |
3 | | charges, including a bill of particulars and the teacher's |
4 | | right to request a hearing, must be mailed to the teacher |
5 | | and also given to the teacher either by electronic mail, |
6 | | certified mail, return receipt requested, or personal |
7 | | delivery with receipt
within 5 days of the adoption of the |
8 | | motion. Any written notice sent on or after July 1, 2012 |
9 | | shall inform the teacher of the right to request a hearing |
10 | | before a mutually selected hearing officer, with the cost |
11 | | of the hearing officer split equally between the teacher |
12 | | and the board, or a hearing before a board-selected hearing |
13 | | officer, with the cost of the hearing officer paid by the |
14 | | board. |
15 | | Before setting a hearing on charges stemming from |
16 | | causes that are considered remediable, a board must give |
17 | | the teacher reasonable warning in writing, stating |
18 | | specifically the causes that, if not removed, may result in |
19 | | charges; however, no such written warning is required if |
20 | | the causes have been the subject of a remediation plan |
21 | | pursuant to Article 24A of this Code. |
22 | | If, in the opinion of the board, the interests of the |
23 | | school require it, the board may suspend the teacher |
24 | | without pay, pending the hearing, but if the board's |
25 | | dismissal or removal is not sustained, the teacher shall |
26 | | not suffer the loss of any salary or benefits by reason of |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 160 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | the suspension. |
2 | | (2) No hearing upon the charges is required unless the
|
3 | | teacher within 17 days after receiving notice requests in |
4 | | writing of the
board that a hearing be scheduled before a |
5 | | mutually selected hearing officer or a hearing officer |
6 | | selected by the board.
The secretary of the school board |
7 | | shall forward a copy of the notice to the
State Board of |
8 | | Education. |
9 | | (3) Within 5 business days after receiving a notice of
|
10 | | hearing in which either notice to the teacher was sent |
11 | | before July 1, 2012 or, if the notice was sent on or after |
12 | | July 1, 2012, the teacher has requested a hearing before a |
13 | | mutually selected hearing officer, the State Board of |
14 | | Education shall provide a list of 5
prospective, impartial |
15 | | hearing officers from the master list of qualified, |
16 | | impartial hearing officers maintained by the State Board of |
17 | | Education. Each person on the master list must (i) be
|
18 | | accredited by a national arbitration organization and have |
19 | | had a minimum of 5
years of experience directly related to |
20 | | labor and employment
relations matters between employers |
21 | | and employees or
their exclusive bargaining |
22 | | representatives and (ii) beginning September 1, 2012, have |
23 | | participated in training provided or approved by the State |
24 | | Board of Education for teacher dismissal hearing officers |
25 | | so that he or she is familiar with issues generally |
26 | | involved in evaluative and non-evaluative dismissals. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 161 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | If notice to the teacher was sent before July 1, 2012 |
2 | | or, if the notice was sent on or after July 1, 2012, the |
3 | | teacher has requested a hearing before a mutually selected |
4 | | hearing officer, the board and the teacher or their
legal |
5 | | representatives within 3 business days shall alternately |
6 | | strike one name from
the list provided by the State Board |
7 | | of Education until only one name remains. Unless waived by |
8 | | the teacher, the
teacher shall have the right to
proceed |
9 | | first with the striking.
Within 3 business days of receipt |
10 | | of the list provided by the State Board of
Education, the |
11 | | board and the teacher or their legal representatives shall |
12 | | each
have the right to reject all prospective hearing |
13 | | officers named on the
list and notify the State Board of |
14 | | Education of such rejection. Within 3 business days after |
15 | | receiving this notification, the State
Board of Education |
16 | | shall appoint a qualified person from the master list who |
17 | | did not appear on the list sent to the parties to serve as |
18 | | the hearing officer, unless the parties notify it that they |
19 | | have chosen to alternatively select a hearing officer under |
20 | | paragraph (4) of this subsection (d). |
21 | | If the teacher has requested a hearing before a hearing |
22 | | officer selected by the board, the board shall select one |
23 | | name from the master list of qualified impartial hearing |
24 | | officers maintained by the State Board of Education within |
25 | | 3 business days after receipt and shall notify the State |
26 | | Board of Education of its selection. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 162 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | A hearing officer mutually selected by the parties, |
2 | | selected by the board, or selected through an alternative |
3 | | selection process under paragraph (4) of this subsection |
4 | | (d) (A) must not be a resident of the school district, (B) |
5 | | must be available to commence the hearing within 75 days |
6 | | and conclude the hearing within 120 days after being |
7 | | selected as the hearing officer, and (C) must issue a |
8 | | decision as to whether the teacher must be dismissed and |
9 | | give a copy of that decision to both the teacher and the |
10 | | board within 30 days from the conclusion of the hearing or |
11 | | closure of the record, whichever is later. |
12 | | If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public |
13 | | health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois |
14 | | Emergency Management Agency Act and except if the parties |
15 | | mutually agree otherwise and the agreement is in writing, |
16 | | the requirements of this Section pertaining to prehearings |
17 | | and hearings are paused and do not begin to toll until the |
18 | | proclamation is no longer in effect. If mutually agreed to |
19 | | and reduced to writing, the parties may proceed with the |
20 | | prehearing and hearing requirements of this Section and may |
21 | | also agree to extend the timelines of this Section |
22 | | connected to the appointment and selection of a hearing |
23 | | officer and those connected to commencing and concluding a |
24 | | hearing. Any hearing convened during a public health |
25 | | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency |
26 | | Management Agency Act may be convened remotely. Any hearing |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 163 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | officer for a hearing convened during a public health |
2 | | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency |
3 | | Management Agency Act may voluntarily withdraw from the |
4 | | hearing and another hearing officer shall be selected or |
5 | | appointed pursuant to this Section. |
6 | | (4) In the alternative
to selecting a hearing officer |
7 | | from the list received from the
State Board of Education or |
8 | | accepting the appointment of a hearing officer by the State |
9 | | Board of Education or if the State Board of Education |
10 | | cannot provide a list or appoint a hearing officer that |
11 | | meets the foregoing requirements, the board and the teacher |
12 | | or their legal
representatives may mutually agree to select |
13 | | an impartial hearing officer who
is not on the master list |
14 | | either by direct
appointment by the parties or by using |
15 | | procedures for the appointment of an
arbitrator |
16 | | established by the Federal Mediation and Conciliation |
17 | | Service or the
American Arbitration Association. The |
18 | | parties shall notify the State Board of
Education of their |
19 | | intent to select a hearing officer using an alternative
|
20 | | procedure within 3 business days of receipt of a list of |
21 | | prospective hearing officers
provided by the State Board of |
22 | | Education, notice of appointment of a hearing officer by |
23 | | the State Board of Education, or receipt of notice from the |
24 | | State Board of Education that it cannot provide a list that |
25 | | meets the foregoing requirements, whichever is later. |
26 | | (5) If the notice of dismissal was sent to the teacher |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 164 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | before July 1, 2012, the fees and costs for the hearing |
2 | | officer must be paid by the State Board of Education. If |
3 | | the notice of dismissal was sent to the teacher on or after |
4 | | July 1, 2012, the hearing officer's fees and costs must be |
5 | | paid as follows in this paragraph (5). The fees and |
6 | | permissible costs for the hearing officer must be |
7 | | determined by the State Board of Education. If the board |
8 | | and the teacher or their legal representatives mutually |
9 | | agree to select an impartial hearing officer who is not on |
10 | | a list received from the State Board of Education, they may |
11 | | agree to supplement the fees determined by the State Board |
12 | | to the hearing officer, at a rate consistent with the |
13 | | hearing officer's published professional fees. If the |
14 | | hearing officer is mutually selected by the parties, then |
15 | | the board and the teacher or their legal representatives |
16 | | shall each pay 50% of the fees and costs and any |
17 | | supplemental allowance to which they agree. If the hearing |
18 | | officer is selected by the board, then the board shall pay |
19 | | 100% of the hearing officer's fees and costs. The fees and |
20 | | costs must be paid to the hearing officer within 14 days |
21 | | after the board and the teacher or their legal |
22 | | representatives receive the hearing officer's decision set |
23 | | forth in paragraph (7) of this subsection (d). |
24 | | (6) The teacher is required to answer the bill of |
25 | | particulars and aver affirmative matters in his or her |
26 | | defense, and the time for initially doing so and the time |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 165 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | for updating such answer and defenses after pre-hearing |
2 | | discovery must be set by the hearing officer.
The State |
3 | | Board of Education shall
promulgate rules so that each |
4 | | party has a fair opportunity to present its case and to |
5 | | ensure that the dismissal process proceeds in a fair and |
6 | | expeditious manner. These rules shall address, without |
7 | | limitation, discovery and hearing scheduling conferences; |
8 | | the teacher's initial answer and affirmative defenses to |
9 | | the bill of particulars and the updating of that |
10 | | information after pre-hearing discovery; provision for |
11 | | written interrogatories and requests for production of |
12 | | documents; the requirement that each party initially |
13 | | disclose to the other party and then update the disclosure |
14 | | no later than 10 calendar days prior to the commencement of |
15 | | the hearing, the names and addresses of persons who may be |
16 | | called as
witnesses at the hearing, a summary of the facts |
17 | | or opinions each witness will testify to, and all other
|
18 | | documents and materials, including information maintained |
19 | | electronically, relevant to its own as well as the other |
20 | | party's case (the hearing officer may exclude witnesses and |
21 | | exhibits not identified and shared, except those offered in |
22 | | rebuttal for which the party could not reasonably have |
23 | | anticipated prior to the hearing); pre-hearing discovery |
24 | | and preparation, including provision for written |
25 | | interrogatories and requests for production of documents, |
26 | | provided that discovery depositions are prohibited; the |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 166 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | conduct of the hearing; the right of each party to be |
2 | | represented by counsel, the offer of evidence and witnesses |
3 | | and the cross-examination of witnesses; the authority of |
4 | | the hearing officer to issue subpoenas and subpoenas duces |
5 | | tecum, provided that the hearing officer may limit the |
6 | | number of witnesses to be subpoenaed on behalf of each |
7 | | party to no more than 7; the length of post-hearing briefs; |
8 | | and the form, length, and content of hearing officers' |
9 | | decisions. The hearing officer
shall hold a hearing and |
10 | | render a final decision for dismissal pursuant to Article |
11 | | 24A of this Code or shall report to the school board |
12 | | findings of fact and a recommendation as to whether or not |
13 | | the teacher must be dismissed for conduct. The hearing |
14 | | officer shall commence the hearing within 75 days and |
15 | | conclude the hearing within 120 days after being selected |
16 | | as the hearing officer, provided that the hearing officer |
17 | | may modify these timelines upon the showing of good cause |
18 | | or mutual agreement of the parties. Good cause for the |
19 | | purpose of this subsection (d) shall mean the illness or |
20 | | otherwise unavoidable emergency of the teacher, district |
21 | | representative, their legal representatives, the hearing |
22 | | officer, or an essential witness as indicated in each |
23 | | party's pre-hearing submission. In a dismissal hearing |
24 | | pursuant to Article 24A of this Code in which a witness is |
25 | | a student or is under the age of 18, the hearing officer |
26 | | must make accommodations for the witness, as provided under |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 167 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | paragraph (6.5) of this subsection. The hearing officer |
2 | | shall consider and give weight to all of the teacher's |
3 | | evaluations written pursuant to Article 24A that are |
4 | | relevant to the issues in the hearing. |
5 | | Each party shall have no more than 3 days to present |
6 | | its case, unless extended by the hearing officer to enable |
7 | | a party to present adequate evidence and testimony, |
8 | | including due to the other party's cross-examination of the |
9 | | party's witnesses, for good cause or by mutual agreement of |
10 | | the parties. The State Board of Education shall define in |
11 | | rules the meaning of "day" for such purposes. All testimony |
12 | | at the hearing shall be taken under oath
administered by |
13 | | the hearing officer. The hearing officer shall cause a
|
14 | | record of the proceedings to be kept and shall employ a |
15 | | competent reporter
to take stenographic or stenotype notes |
16 | | of all the testimony. The costs of
the reporter's |
17 | | attendance and services at the hearing shall be paid by the |
18 | | party or parties who are responsible for paying the fees |
19 | | and costs of the hearing officer. Either party desiring a |
20 | | transcript of the hearing
shall pay for the cost thereof. |
21 | | Any post-hearing briefs must be submitted by the parties by |
22 | | no later than 21 days after a party's receipt of the |
23 | | transcript of the hearing, unless extended by the hearing |
24 | | officer for good cause or by mutual agreement of the |
25 | | parties. |
26 | | (6.5) In the case of charges involving sexual abuse or |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 168 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | severe physical abuse of a student or a person under the |
2 | | age of 18, the hearing officer shall make alternative |
3 | | hearing procedures to protect a witness who is a student or |
4 | | who is under the age of 18 from being intimidated or |
5 | | traumatized. Alternative hearing procedures may include, |
6 | | but are not limited to: (i) testimony made via a |
7 | | telecommunication device in a location other than the |
8 | | hearing room and outside the physical presence of the |
9 | | teacher and other hearing participants, (ii) testimony |
10 | | outside the physical presence of the teacher, or (iii) |
11 | | non-public testimony. During a testimony described under |
12 | | this subsection, each party must be permitted to ask a |
13 | | witness who is a student or who is under 18 years of age |
14 | | all relevant questions and follow-up questions. All |
15 | | questions must exclude evidence of the witness' sexual |
16 | | behavior or predisposition, unless the evidence is offered |
17 | | to prove that someone other than the teacher subject to the |
18 | | dismissal hearing engaged in the charge at issue. |
19 | | (7) The hearing officer shall, within 30 days from the |
20 | | conclusion of the
hearing or closure of the record, |
21 | | whichever is later,
make a decision as to whether or not |
22 | | the teacher shall be dismissed pursuant to Article 24A of |
23 | | this Code or report to the school board findings of fact |
24 | | and a recommendation as to whether or not the teacher shall |
25 | | be dismissed for cause and
shall give a copy of the |
26 | | decision or findings of fact and recommendation to both the |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 169 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | teacher and the school
board.
If a hearing officer fails
|
2 | | without good cause, specifically provided in writing to |
3 | | both parties and the State Board of Education, to render a |
4 | | decision or findings of fact and recommendation within 30 |
5 | | days after the hearing is
concluded or the
record is |
6 | | closed, whichever is later,
the
parties may mutually agree |
7 | | to select a hearing officer pursuant to the
alternative
|
8 | | procedure, as provided in this Section,
to rehear the |
9 | | charges heard by the hearing officer who failed to render a
|
10 | | decision or findings of fact and recommendation or to |
11 | | review the record and render a decision.
If any hearing
|
12 | | officer fails without good cause, specifically provided in |
13 | | writing to both parties and the State Board of Education, |
14 | | to render a decision or findings of fact and recommendation |
15 | | within 30 days after the
hearing is concluded or the record |
16 | | is closed, whichever is later, the hearing
officer shall be |
17 | | removed
from the master
list of hearing officers maintained |
18 | | by the State Board of Education for not more than 24 |
19 | | months. The parties and the State Board of Education may |
20 | | also take such other actions as it deems appropriate, |
21 | | including recovering, reducing, or withholding any fees |
22 | | paid or to be paid to the hearing officer. If any hearing |
23 | | officer repeats such failure, he or she must be permanently |
24 | | removed from the master list maintained by the State Board |
25 | | of Education and may not be selected by parties through the |
26 | | alternative selection process under this paragraph (7) or |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 170 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | paragraph (4) of this subsection (d).
The board shall not |
2 | | lose jurisdiction to discharge a teacher if the hearing
|
3 | | officer fails to render a decision or findings of fact and |
4 | | recommendation within the time specified in this
Section. |
5 | | If the decision of the hearing officer for dismissal |
6 | | pursuant to Article 24A of this Code or of the school board |
7 | | for dismissal for cause is in favor of the teacher, then |
8 | | the hearing officer or school board shall order |
9 | | reinstatement to the same or substantially equivalent |
10 | | position and shall determine the amount for which the |
11 | | school board is liable, including, but not limited to, loss |
12 | | of income and benefits. |
13 | | (8) The school board, within 45 days after receipt of |
14 | | the hearing officer's findings of fact and recommendation |
15 | | as to whether (i) the conduct at issue occurred, (ii) the |
16 | | conduct that did occur was remediable, and (iii) the |
17 | | proposed dismissal should be sustained, shall issue a |
18 | | written order as to whether the teacher must be retained or |
19 | | dismissed for cause from its employ. The school board's |
20 | | written order shall incorporate the hearing officer's |
21 | | findings of fact, except that the school board may modify |
22 | | or supplement the findings of fact if, in its opinion, the |
23 | | findings of fact are against the manifest weight of the |
24 | | evidence. |
25 | | If the school board dismisses the teacher |
26 | | notwithstanding the hearing officer's findings of fact and |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 171 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | recommendation, the school board shall make a conclusion in |
2 | | its written order, giving its reasons therefor, and such |
3 | | conclusion and reasons must be included in its written |
4 | | order. The failure of the school board to strictly adhere |
5 | | to the timelines contained in this Section shall not render |
6 | | it without jurisdiction to dismiss the teacher. The school |
7 | | board shall not lose jurisdiction to discharge the teacher |
8 | | for cause if the hearing officer fails to render a |
9 | | recommendation within the time specified in this Section. |
10 | | The decision of the school board is final, unless reviewed |
11 | | as provided in paragraph (9) of this subsection (d). |
12 | | If the school board retains the teacher, the school |
13 | | board shall enter a written order stating the amount of |
14 | | back pay and lost benefits, less mitigation, to be paid to |
15 | | the teacher, within 45 days after its retention order. |
16 | | Should the teacher object to the amount of the back pay and |
17 | | lost benefits or amount mitigated, the teacher shall give |
18 | | written objections to the amount within 21 days. If the |
19 | | parties fail to reach resolution within 7 days, the dispute |
20 | | shall be referred to the hearing officer, who shall |
21 | | consider the school board's written order and teacher's |
22 | | written objection and determine the amount to which the |
23 | | school board is liable. The costs of the hearing officer's |
24 | | review and determination must be paid by the board. |
25 | | (9)
The decision of the hearing officer pursuant to |
26 | | Article 24A of this Code or of the school board's decision |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 172 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | to dismiss for cause is final unless reviewed as
provided |
2 | | in Section 24-16 of this Code. If the school board's |
3 | | decision to dismiss for cause is contrary to the hearing |
4 | | officer's recommendation, the court on review shall give |
5 | | consideration to the school board's decision and its |
6 | | supplemental findings of fact, if applicable, and the |
7 | | hearing officer's findings of fact and recommendation in |
8 | | making its decision. In the event such review is
|
9 | | instituted, the school board shall be responsible for |
10 | | preparing and filing the record of proceedings, and such |
11 | | costs associated therewith must be divided equally between |
12 | | the parties.
|
13 | | (10) If a decision of the hearing officer for dismissal |
14 | | pursuant to Article 24A of this Code or of the school board |
15 | | for dismissal for cause is adjudicated upon review or
|
16 | | appeal in favor of the teacher, then the trial court shall |
17 | | order
reinstatement and shall remand the matter to the |
18 | | school board with direction for entry of an order setting |
19 | | the amount of back pay, lost benefits, and costs, less |
20 | | mitigation. The teacher may challenge the school board's |
21 | | order setting the amount of back pay, lost benefits, and |
22 | | costs, less mitigation, through an expedited arbitration |
23 | | procedure, with the costs of the arbitrator borne by the |
24 | | school board.
|
25 | | Any teacher who is reinstated by any hearing or |
26 | | adjudication brought
under this Section shall be assigned |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 173 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | by the board to a position
substantially similar to the one |
2 | | which that teacher held prior to that
teacher's suspension |
3 | | or dismissal.
|
4 | | (11) Subject to any later effective date referenced in |
5 | | this Section for a specific aspect of the dismissal |
6 | | process, the changes made by Public Act 97-8 shall apply to |
7 | | dismissals instituted on or after September 1, 2011. Any |
8 | | dismissal instituted prior to September 1, 2011 must be |
9 | | carried out in accordance with the requirements of this |
10 | | Section prior to amendment by Public Act 97-8.
|
11 | | (e) Nothing contained in Public Act 98-648 repeals, |
12 | | supersedes, invalidates, or nullifies final decisions in |
13 | | lawsuits pending on July 1, 2014 (the effective date of Public |
14 | | Act 98-648) in Illinois courts involving the interpretation of |
15 | | Public Act 97-8. |
16 | | (Source: P.A. 100-768, eff. 1-1-19; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; |
17 | | 101-531, eff. 8-23-19; revised 12-3-19.)
|
18 | | (105 ILCS 5/24A-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 24A-5) |
19 | | Sec. 24A-5. Content of evaluation plans. This Section does |
20 | | not apply to teachers assigned to schools identified in an |
21 | | agreement entered into between the board of a school district |
22 | | operating under Article 34 of this Code and the exclusive |
23 | | representative of the district's teachers in accordance with |
24 | | Section 34-85c of this Code.
|
25 | | Each school district to
which this Article applies shall |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 174 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | establish a teacher evaluation plan
which ensures that each |
2 | | teacher in contractual continued service
is evaluated at least |
3 | | once in the course of every 2 school years. |
4 | | By no later than September 1, 2012, each school district |
5 | | shall establish a teacher evaluation plan that ensures that: |
6 | | (1) each teacher not in contractual continued service |
7 | | is evaluated at least once every school year; and |
8 | | (2) each teacher in contractual continued service is |
9 | | evaluated at least once in the course of every 2 school |
10 | | years. However, any teacher in contractual continued |
11 | | service whose performance is rated as either "needs |
12 | | improvement" or "unsatisfactory" must be evaluated at |
13 | | least once in the school year following the receipt of such |
14 | | rating. |
15 | | Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section or |
16 | | any other Section of the School Code, a principal shall not be |
17 | | prohibited from evaluating any teachers within a school during |
18 | | his or her first year as principal of such school. If a |
19 | | first-year principal exercises this option in a school district |
20 | | where the evaluation plan provides for a teacher in contractual |
21 | | continued service to be evaluated once in the course of every 2 |
22 | | school years, then a new 2-year evaluation plan must be |
23 | | established. |
24 | | The evaluation plan shall comply with the requirements of |
25 | | this Section and
of any rules adopted by the State Board of |
26 | | Education pursuant to this Section. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 175 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | The plan shall include a description of each teacher's |
2 | | duties
and responsibilities and of the standards to which that |
3 | | teacher
is expected to conform, and shall include at least the |
4 | | following components: |
5 | | (a) personal observation of the teacher in the |
6 | | classroom by the evaluator, unless
the teacher has no |
7 | | classroom duties. |
8 | | (b) consideration of the teacher's attendance, |
9 | | planning,
instructional methods, classroom management, |
10 | | where relevant, and
competency in the subject matter |
11 | | taught. |
12 | | (c) by no later than the applicable implementation |
13 | | date, consideration of student growth as a significant |
14 | | factor in the rating of the teacher's performance. |
15 | | (d) prior to September 1, 2012, rating of the |
16 | | performance of teachers in contractual continued service |
17 | | as either: |
18 | | (i) "excellent",
"satisfactory" or |
19 | | "unsatisfactory"; or |
20 | | (ii) "excellent", "proficient", "needs |
21 | | improvement" or "unsatisfactory". |
22 | | (e) on and after September 1, 2012, rating of the |
23 | | performance of all teachers as "excellent", "proficient", |
24 | | "needs improvement" or "unsatisfactory". |
25 | | (f) specification as to the teacher's strengths and |
26 | | weaknesses, with
supporting reasons for the comments made. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 176 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (g) inclusion of a copy of the evaluation in the |
2 | | teacher's personnel
file and provision of a copy to the |
3 | | teacher. |
4 | | (h) within 30 school days after the completion of an |
5 | | evaluation rating a teacher in contractual continued |
6 | | service as "needs improvement", development by the |
7 | | evaluator, in consultation with the teacher, and taking |
8 | | into account the teacher's on-going professional |
9 | | responsibilities including his or her regular teaching |
10 | | assignments, of a professional development plan directed |
11 | | to the areas that need improvement and any supports that |
12 | | the district will provide to address the areas identified |
13 | | as needing improvement. |
14 | | (i) within 30 school days after completion of an |
15 | | evaluation rating a teacher
in contractual continued |
16 | | service as "unsatisfactory", development and commencement |
17 | | by the district of a remediation plan designed to correct |
18 | | deficiencies
cited, provided the deficiencies are deemed |
19 | | remediable.
In all school districts the
remediation plan |
20 | | for unsatisfactory, tenured teachers shall
provide for 90 |
21 | | school days of remediation within the
classroom, unless an |
22 | | applicable collective bargaining agreement provides for a |
23 | | shorter duration. In all school districts evaluations |
24 | | issued pursuant
to
this Section shall be
issued within 10 |
25 | | days after the conclusion of the respective remediation |
26 | | plan.
However, the school board or other governing |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 177 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | authority of the district
shall not lose
jurisdiction to |
2 | | discharge a teacher in the event the evaluation is not |
3 | | issued
within 10 days after the conclusion of the |
4 | | respective remediation plan. |
5 | | (j) participation in the remediation plan by the |
6 | | teacher in contractual continued service rated
|
7 | | "unsatisfactory", an evaluator and a consulting teacher |
8 | | selected by the evaluator of the teacher who was rated |
9 | | "unsatisfactory", which
consulting teacher is an |
10 | | educational employee as defined in the Educational
Labor |
11 | | Relations Act, has at least 5 years' teaching experience, |
12 | | and a
reasonable familiarity with the assignment of the |
13 | | teacher being evaluated,
and who received an "excellent" |
14 | | rating on his or her most
recent evaluation. Where no |
15 | | teachers who meet these criteria are available
within the |
16 | | district, the district shall request and the applicable |
17 | | regional office of education shall supply, to participate |
18 | | in the remediation process, an
individual who meets these |
19 | | criteria. |
20 | | In a district having a population of less than 500,000 |
21 | | with an
exclusive bargaining agent, the bargaining agent
|
22 | | may, if it so chooses, supply a roster of qualified |
23 | | teachers from whom the
consulting teacher is to be |
24 | | selected. That roster shall, however, contain
the names of |
25 | | at least 5 teachers, each of whom meets the criteria for
|
26 | | consulting teacher with regard to the teacher being |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 178 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | evaluated, or the names
of all teachers so qualified if |
2 | | that number is less than 5. In the event of
a dispute as to |
3 | | qualification, the State Board shall determine |
4 | | qualification. |
5 | | (k) a mid-point and final evaluation by an evaluator |
6 | | during and at the end of the remediation period, |
7 | | immediately following receipt of a remediation plan |
8 | | provided for under subsections (i) and (j) of this Section. |
9 | | Each evaluation shall assess the teacher's performance |
10 | | during the time period since the prior evaluation; provided |
11 | | that the last evaluation shall also include an overall |
12 | | evaluation of the teacher's performance during the |
13 | | remediation period. A written copy of the evaluations and |
14 | | ratings, in which any deficiencies in performance and |
15 | | recommendations for correction are identified, shall be |
16 | | provided to and discussed with the teacher within 10 school |
17 | | days after the date of the evaluation, unless an applicable |
18 | | collective bargaining agreement provides to the contrary. |
19 | | These subsequent evaluations
shall be conducted by an |
20 | | evaluator. The consulting
teacher shall provide advice to |
21 | | the teacher rated "unsatisfactory" on how
to improve |
22 | | teaching skills and to successfully complete the |
23 | | remediation
plan. The consulting teacher shall participate |
24 | | in developing the
remediation plan, but the final decision |
25 | | as to the evaluation shall be done
solely by the evaluator,
|
26 | | unless an applicable collective bargaining agreement |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 179 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | provides to the contrary.
Evaluations at the
conclusion of |
2 | | the remediation process shall be separate and distinct from |
3 | | the
required annual evaluations of teachers and shall not |
4 | | be subject to the
guidelines and procedures relating to |
5 | | those annual evaluations. The evaluator
may but is not |
6 | | required to use the forms provided for the annual |
7 | | evaluation of
teachers in the district's evaluation plan. |
8 | | (l)
reinstatement to the evaluation schedule set forth |
9 | | in the district's evaluation plan for any teacher in |
10 | | contractual continued service
who achieves a rating equal |
11 | | to or better than "satisfactory" or "proficient" in the |
12 | | school year following a rating of "needs improvement" or |
13 | | "unsatisfactory". |
14 | | (m) dismissal in accordance with subsection (d) of |
15 | | Section 24-12 or Section 24-16.5 or 34-85 of this
Code of |
16 | | any teacher who fails to complete any applicable |
17 | | remediation plan
with a rating equal to or better than a |
18 | | "satisfactory" or "proficient" rating. Districts and |
19 | | teachers subject to
dismissal hearings are precluded from |
20 | | compelling the testimony of
consulting teachers at such |
21 | | hearings under subsection (d) of Section 24-12 or Section |
22 | | 24-16.5 or 34-85 of this Code, either
as to the rating |
23 | | process or for opinions of performances by teachers under
|
24 | | remediation. |
25 | | (n) After the implementation date of an evaluation |
26 | | system for teachers in a district as specified in Section |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 180 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | 24A-2.5 of this Code, if a teacher in contractual continued |
2 | | service successfully completes a remediation plan |
3 | | following a rating of "unsatisfactory" in an annual or |
4 | | biennial overall performance evaluation received after the |
5 | | foregoing implementation date and receives a subsequent |
6 | | rating of "unsatisfactory" in any of the teacher's annual |
7 | | or biennial overall performance evaluation ratings |
8 | | received during the 36-month period following the |
9 | | teacher's completion of the remediation plan, then the |
10 | | school district may forego remediation and seek dismissal |
11 | | in accordance with subsection (d) of Section 24-12 or |
12 | | Section 34-85 of this Code. |
13 | | Nothing in this Section or Section 24A-4 shall be construed |
14 | | as preventing immediate
dismissal of a teacher for deficiencies |
15 | | which are
deemed irremediable or for actions which are |
16 | | injurious to or endanger the
health or person of students in |
17 | | the classroom or school, or preventing the dismissal or |
18 | | non-renewal of teachers not in contractual continued service |
19 | | for any reason not prohibited by applicable employment, labor, |
20 | | and civil rights laws. Failure to
strictly comply with the time |
21 | | requirements contained in Section 24A-5 shall
not invalidate |
22 | | the results of the remediation plan. |
23 | | Nothing contained in this amendatory Act of the 98th |
24 | | General Assembly repeals, supersedes, invalidates, or |
25 | | nullifies final decisions in lawsuits pending on the effective |
26 | | date of this amendatory Act of the 98th General Assembly in |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 181 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | Illinois courts involving the interpretation of Public Act |
2 | | 97-8. |
3 | | If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public |
4 | | health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois |
5 | | Emergency Management Agency Act that suspends in-person |
6 | | instruction, the timelines in this Section connected to the |
7 | | commencement and completion of any remediation plan are waived. |
8 | | Except if the parties mutually agree otherwise and the |
9 | | agreement is in writing, any remediation plan that had been in |
10 | | place for more than 45 days prior to the suspension of |
11 | | in-person instruction shall resume when in-person instruction |
12 | | resumes and any remediation plan that had been in place for |
13 | | fewer than 45 days prior to the suspension of in-person |
14 | | instruction shall be discontinued and a new remediation period |
15 | | shall begin when in-person instruction resumes. The |
16 | | requirements of this paragraph apply regardless of whether they |
17 | | are included in a school district's teacher evaluation plan. |
18 | | (Source: P.A. 97-8, eff. 6-13-11; 98-470, eff. 8-16-13; 98-648, |
19 | | eff. 7-1-14.)
|
20 | | (105 ILCS 5/27-3) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-3)
|
21 | | Sec. 27-3.
Patriotism and principles of representative
|
22 | | government - Proper use of flag - Method of voting - Pledge of |
23 | | Allegiance.
American patriotism and the principles of |
24 | | representative government,
as enunciated in the American |
25 | | Declaration of Independence, the
Constitution of the United |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 182 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | States of America and the Constitution of the
State of |
2 | | Illinois, and the proper use and display of the American flag,
|
3 | | shall be taught in all public schools and other educational |
4 | | institutions
supported or maintained in whole or in part by |
5 | | public funds. No student
shall receive a certificate of |
6 | | graduation without passing a satisfactory
examination upon |
7 | | such subjects , which may be administered remotely .
|
8 | | Instruction shall be given in all such schools and |
9 | | institutions in
the method of voting at elections by means of |
10 | | the Australian Ballot
system and the method of the counting of |
11 | | votes for candidates.
|
12 | | The Pledge of Allegiance shall be recited each school day |
13 | | by pupils in
elementary and secondary educational institutions |
14 | | supported or maintained
in whole or
in part by public funds.
|
15 | | (Source: P.A. 92-612, eff. 7-3-02.)
|
16 | | (105 ILCS 5/27-6.5) |
17 | | Sec. 27-6.5. Physical fitness assessments in schools. |
18 | | (a) As used in this Section, "physical fitness assessment" |
19 | | means a series of assessments to measure aerobic capacity, body |
20 | | composition, muscular strength, muscular endurance, and |
21 | | flexibility. |
22 | | (b) To measure the effectiveness of State Goal 20 of the |
23 | | Illinois Learning Standards for Physical Development and |
24 | | Health, beginning with the 2016-2017 school year and every |
25 | | school year thereafter, the State Board of Education shall |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 183 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | require all public schools to use a scientifically-based, |
2 | | health-related physical fitness assessment for grades 3 |
3 | | through 12 and periodically report fitness information to the |
4 | | State Board of Education, as set forth in subsections (c) and |
5 | | (e) of this Section, to assess student fitness indicators. |
6 | | Public schools shall integrate health-related fitness |
7 | | testing into the curriculum as an instructional tool, except in |
8 | | grades before the 3rd grade. Fitness tests must be appropriate |
9 | | to students' developmental levels and physical abilities. The |
10 | | testing must be used to teach students how to assess their |
11 | | fitness levels, set goals for improvement, and monitor progress |
12 | | in reaching their goals. Fitness scores shall not be used for |
13 | | grading students or evaluating teachers. |
14 | | (c) On or before October 1, 2014, the State Superintendent |
15 | | of Education shall appoint a 15-member stakeholder and expert |
16 | | task force, including members representing organizations that |
17 | | represent physical education teachers, school officials, |
18 | | principals, health promotion and disease prevention advocates |
19 | | and experts, school health advocates and experts, and other |
20 | | experts with operational and academic expertise in the |
21 | | measurement of fitness. The task force shall make |
22 | | recommendations to the State Board of Education on the |
23 | | following: |
24 | | (1) methods for ensuring the validity and uniformity of |
25 | | reported physical fitness assessment scores, including |
26 | | assessment administration protocols and professional |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 184 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | development approaches for physical education teachers; |
2 | | (2) how often physical fitness assessment scores |
3 | | should be reported to the State Board of Education; |
4 | | (3) the grade levels within elementary, middle, and |
5 | | high school categories for which physical fitness |
6 | | assessment scores should be reported to the State Board of |
7 | | Education; |
8 | | (4) the minimum fitness indicators that should be |
9 | | reported to the State Board of Education, including, but |
10 | | not limited to, a score for aerobic capacity (for grades 4 |
11 | | through 12); muscular strength; endurance; and |
12 | | flexibility; |
13 | | (5) the demographic information that should accompany |
14 | | the scores, including, but not limited to, grade and |
15 | | gender; |
16 | | (6) the development of protocols regarding the |
17 | | protection of students' confidentiality and individual |
18 | | information and identifiers; and |
19 | | (7) how physical fitness assessment data should be
|
20 | | reported by the State Board of Education to the public, |
21 | | including potential correlations
with student academic |
22 | | achievement, attendance, and
discipline data and other |
23 | | recommended uses of the reported data. |
24 | | The State Board of Education shall provide administrative |
25 | | and other support to the task force. |
26 | | The task force shall submit its recommendations on physical |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 185 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | fitness assessments on or before April 1, 2015. The task force |
2 | | may also recommend methods for assessing student progress on |
3 | | State Goals 19 and 21 through 24 of the Illinois Learning |
4 | | Standards for Physical Development and Health. The task force |
5 | | is dissolved on April 30, 2015. |
6 | | The provisions of this subsection (c), other than this |
7 | | sentence, are inoperative after March 31, 2016. |
8 | | (d) On or before December 31, 2015, the State Board of |
9 | | Education shall use the recommendations of the task force under |
10 | | subsection (c) of this Section to adopt rules for the |
11 | | implementation of physical fitness assessments by each public |
12 | | school for the 2016-2017 school year and every school year |
13 | | thereafter. The requirements of this Section do not apply if |
14 | | the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health |
15 | | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency |
16 | | Management Agency Act. |
17 | | (e) On or before September 1, 2016, the State Board of |
18 | | Education shall adopt rules for data submission by school |
19 | | districts and develop a system for collecting and reporting the |
20 | | aggregated fitness information from the physical fitness |
21 | | assessments. This system shall also support the collection of |
22 | | data from school districts that use a fitness testing software |
23 | | program. |
24 | | (f) School districts may report the aggregate findings of |
25 | | physical fitness assessments by grade level and school to |
26 | | parents and members of the community through typical |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 186 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | communication channels, such as Internet websites, school |
2 | | newsletters, school board reports, and presentations. |
3 | | Districts may also provide individual fitness assessment |
4 | | reports to students' parents. |
5 | | (g) Nothing in this Section precludes schools from |
6 | | implementing a physical fitness assessment before the |
7 | | 2016-2017 school year or from implementing more robust forms of |
8 | | a physical fitness assessment.
|
9 | | (Source: P.A. 98-859, eff. 8-4-14.) |
10 | | (105 ILCS 5/27-8.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-8.1) |
11 | | Sec. 27-8.1. Health examinations and immunizations. |
12 | | (1) In compliance with rules and regulations which the |
13 | | Department of Public
Health shall promulgate, and except as |
14 | | hereinafter provided, all children in
Illinois shall have a |
15 | | health examination as follows: within one year prior to
|
16 | | entering kindergarten or the first grade of any public, |
17 | | private, or parochial
elementary school; upon entering the |
18 | | sixth and ninth grades of any public,
private, or parochial |
19 | | school; prior to entrance into any public, private, or
|
20 | | parochial nursery school; and, irrespective of grade, |
21 | | immediately prior to or
upon entrance into any public, private, |
22 | | or parochial school or nursery school,
each child shall present |
23 | | proof of having been examined in accordance with this
Section |
24 | | and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder. Any child |
25 | | who received a health examination within one year prior to |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 187 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | entering the fifth grade for the 2007-2008 school year is not |
2 | | required to receive an additional health examination in order |
3 | | to comply with the provisions of Public Act 95-422 when he or |
4 | | she attends school for the 2008-2009 school year, unless the |
5 | | child is attending school for the first time as provided in |
6 | | this paragraph. |
7 | | A tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a |
8 | | required part of
each health examination included under this |
9 | | Section if the child resides in an
area designated by the |
10 | | Department of Public Health as having a high incidence
of |
11 | | tuberculosis. Additional health examinations of pupils, |
12 | | including eye examinations, may be required when deemed |
13 | | necessary by school
authorities. Parents are encouraged to have |
14 | | their children undergo eye examinations at the same points in |
15 | | time required for health
examinations. |
16 | | (1.5) In compliance with rules adopted by the Department of |
17 | | Public Health and except as otherwise provided in this Section, |
18 | | all children in kindergarten and the second, sixth, and ninth |
19 | | grades of any public, private, or parochial school shall have a |
20 | | dental examination. Each of these children shall present proof |
21 | | of having been examined by a dentist in accordance with this |
22 | | Section and rules adopted under this Section before May 15th of |
23 | | the school year. If a child in the second, sixth, or ninth |
24 | | grade fails to present proof by May 15th, the school may hold |
25 | | the child's report card until one of the following occurs: (i) |
26 | | the child presents proof of a completed dental examination or |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 188 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (ii) the child presents proof that a dental examination will |
2 | | take place within 60 days after May 15th. A school may not |
3 | | withhold a child's report card during a school year in which |
4 | | the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health |
5 | | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency |
6 | | Management Agency Act. The Department of Public Health shall |
7 | | establish, by rule, a waiver for children who show an undue |
8 | | burden or a lack of access to a dentist. Each public, private, |
9 | | and parochial school must give notice of this dental |
10 | | examination requirement to the parents and guardians of |
11 | | students at least 60 days before May 15th of each school year.
|
12 | | (1.10) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, all |
13 | | children enrolling in kindergarten in a public, private, or |
14 | | parochial school on or after January 1, 2008 (the effective |
15 | | date of Public Act 95-671) and any student enrolling for the |
16 | | first time in a public, private, or parochial school on or |
17 | | after January 1, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-671) |
18 | | shall have an eye examination. Each of these children shall |
19 | | present proof of having been examined by a physician licensed |
20 | | to practice medicine in all of its branches or a licensed |
21 | | optometrist within the previous year, in accordance with this |
22 | | Section and rules adopted under this Section, before October |
23 | | 15th of the school year. If the child fails to present proof by |
24 | | October 15th, the school may hold the child's report card until |
25 | | one of the following occurs: (i) the child presents proof of a |
26 | | completed eye examination or (ii) the child presents proof that |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 189 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | an eye examination will take place within 60 days after October |
2 | | 15th. A school may not withhold a child's report card during a |
3 | | school year in which the Governor has declared a disaster due |
4 | | to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the |
5 | | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. The Department of |
6 | | Public Health shall establish, by rule, a waiver for children |
7 | | who show an undue burden or a lack of access to a physician |
8 | | licensed to practice medicine in all of its branches who |
9 | | provides eye examinations or to a licensed optometrist. Each |
10 | | public, private, and parochial school must give notice of this |
11 | | eye examination requirement to the parents and guardians of |
12 | | students in compliance with rules of the Department of Public |
13 | | Health. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to allow a |
14 | | school to exclude a child from attending because of a parent's |
15 | | or guardian's failure to obtain an eye examination for the |
16 | | child.
|
17 | | (2) The Department of Public Health shall promulgate rules |
18 | | and regulations
specifying the examinations and procedures |
19 | | that constitute a health examination, which shall include an |
20 | | age-appropriate developmental screening, an age-appropriate |
21 | | social and emotional screening, and the collection of data |
22 | | relating to asthma and obesity
(including at a minimum, date of |
23 | | birth, gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date of |
24 | | exam),
and a dental examination and may recommend by rule that |
25 | | certain additional examinations be performed.
The rules and |
26 | | regulations of the Department of Public Health shall specify |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 190 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | that
a tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a |
2 | | required part of each
health examination included under this |
3 | | Section if the child resides in an area
designated by the |
4 | | Department of Public Health as having a high incidence of
|
5 | | tuberculosis.
With respect to the developmental screening and |
6 | | the social and emotional screening, the Department of Public |
7 | | Health must, no later than January 1, 2019, develop rules and |
8 | | appropriate revisions to the Child Health Examination form in |
9 | | conjunction with a statewide organization representing school |
10 | | boards; a statewide organization representing pediatricians; |
11 | | statewide organizations representing individuals holding |
12 | | Illinois educator licenses with school support personnel |
13 | | endorsements, including school social workers, school |
14 | | psychologists, and school nurses; a statewide organization |
15 | | representing children's mental health experts; a statewide |
16 | | organization representing school principals; the Director of |
17 | | Healthcare and Family Services or his or her designee, the |
18 | | State Superintendent of Education or his or her designee; and |
19 | | representatives of other appropriate State agencies and, at a |
20 | | minimum, must recommend the use of validated screening tools |
21 | | appropriate to the child's age or grade, and, with regard to |
22 | | the social and emotional screening, require recording only |
23 | | whether or not the screening was completed. The rules shall |
24 | | take into consideration the screening recommendations of the |
25 | | American Academy of Pediatrics and must be consistent with the |
26 | | State Board of Education's social and emotional learning |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 191 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | standards. The Department of Public Health shall specify that a |
2 | | diabetes
screening as defined by rule shall be included as a |
3 | | required part of each
health examination.
Diabetes testing is |
4 | | not required. |
5 | | Physicians licensed to practice medicine in all of its |
6 | | branches, licensed advanced
practice registered nurses, or |
7 | | licensed physician assistants shall be
responsible for the |
8 | | performance of the health examinations, other than dental
|
9 | | examinations, eye examinations, and vision and hearing |
10 | | screening, and shall sign all report forms
required by |
11 | | subsection (4) of this Section that pertain to those portions |
12 | | of
the health examination for which the physician, advanced |
13 | | practice registered nurse, or
physician assistant is |
14 | | responsible.
If a registered
nurse performs any part of a |
15 | | health examination, then a physician licensed to
practice |
16 | | medicine in all of its branches must review and sign all |
17 | | required
report forms. Licensed dentists shall perform all |
18 | | dental examinations and
shall sign all report forms required by |
19 | | subsection (4) of this Section that
pertain to the dental |
20 | | examinations. Physicians licensed to practice medicine
in all |
21 | | its branches or licensed optometrists shall perform all eye |
22 | | examinations
required by this Section and shall sign all report |
23 | | forms required by
subsection (4) of this Section that pertain |
24 | | to the eye examination. For purposes of this Section, an eye |
25 | | examination shall at a minimum include history, visual acuity, |
26 | | subjective refraction to best visual acuity near and far, |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 192 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | internal and external examination, and a glaucoma evaluation, |
2 | | as well as any other tests or observations that in the |
3 | | professional judgment of the doctor are necessary. Vision and
|
4 | | hearing screening tests, which shall not be considered |
5 | | examinations as that
term is used in this Section, shall be |
6 | | conducted in accordance with rules and
regulations of the |
7 | | Department of Public Health, and by individuals whom the
|
8 | | Department of Public Health has certified.
In these rules and |
9 | | regulations, the Department of Public Health shall
require that |
10 | | individuals conducting vision screening tests give a child's
|
11 | | parent or guardian written notification, before the vision |
12 | | screening is
conducted, that states, "Vision screening is not a |
13 | | substitute for a
complete eye and vision evaluation by an eye |
14 | | doctor. Your child is not
required to undergo this vision |
15 | | screening if an optometrist or
ophthalmologist has completed |
16 | | and signed a report form indicating that
an examination has |
17 | | been administered within the previous 12 months.". |
18 | | (2.5) With respect to the developmental screening and the |
19 | | social and emotional screening portion of the health |
20 | | examination, each child may present proof of having been |
21 | | screened in accordance with this Section and the rules adopted |
22 | | under this Section before October 15th of the school year. With |
23 | | regard to the social and emotional screening only, the |
24 | | examining health care provider shall only record whether or not |
25 | | the screening was completed. If the child fails to present |
26 | | proof of the developmental screening or the social and |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 193 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | emotional screening portions of the health examination by |
2 | | October 15th of the school year, qualified school support |
3 | | personnel may, with a parent's or guardian's consent, offer the |
4 | | developmental screening or the social and emotional screening |
5 | | to the child. Each public, private, and parochial school must |
6 | | give notice of the developmental screening and social and |
7 | | emotional screening requirements to the parents and guardians |
8 | | of students in compliance with the rules of the Department of |
9 | | Public Health. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to |
10 | | allow a school to exclude a child from attending because of a |
11 | | parent's or guardian's failure to obtain a developmental |
12 | | screening or a social and emotional screening for the child. |
13 | | Once a developmental screening or a social and emotional |
14 | | screening is completed and proof has been presented to the |
15 | | school, the school may, with a parent's or guardian's consent, |
16 | | make available appropriate school personnel to work with the |
17 | | parent or guardian, the child, and the provider who signed the |
18 | | screening form to obtain any appropriate evaluations and |
19 | | services as indicated on the form and in other information and |
20 | | documentation provided by the parents, guardians, or provider. |
21 | | (3) Every child shall, at or about the same time as he or |
22 | | she receives
a health examination required by subsection (1) of |
23 | | this Section, present
to the local school proof of having |
24 | | received such immunizations against
preventable communicable |
25 | | diseases as the Department of Public Health shall
require by |
26 | | rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to this Section and |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 194 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | the
Communicable Disease Prevention Act. |
2 | | (4) The individuals conducting the health examination,
|
3 | | dental examination, or eye examination shall record the
fact of |
4 | | having conducted the examination, and such additional |
5 | | information as
required, including for a health examination
|
6 | | data relating to asthma and obesity
(including at a minimum, |
7 | | date of birth, gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date |
8 | | of exam), on uniform forms which the Department of Public |
9 | | Health and the State
Board of Education shall prescribe for |
10 | | statewide use. The examiner shall
summarize on the report form |
11 | | any condition that he or she suspects indicates a
need for |
12 | | special services, including for a health examination factors |
13 | | relating to asthma or obesity. The duty to summarize on the |
14 | | report form does not apply to social and emotional screenings. |
15 | | The confidentiality of the information and records relating to |
16 | | the developmental screening and the social and emotional |
17 | | screening shall be determined by the statutes, rules, and |
18 | | professional ethics governing the type of provider conducting |
19 | | the screening. The individuals confirming the administration |
20 | | of
required immunizations shall record as indicated on the form |
21 | | that the
immunizations were administered. |
22 | | (5) If a child does not submit proof of having had either |
23 | | the health
examination or the immunization as required, then |
24 | | the child shall be examined
or receive the immunization, as the |
25 | | case may be, and present proof by October
15 of the current |
26 | | school year, or by an earlier date of the current school year
|
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 195 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | established by a school district. To establish a date before |
2 | | October 15 of the
current school year for the health |
3 | | examination or immunization as required, a
school district must |
4 | | give notice of the requirements of this Section 60 days
prior |
5 | | to the earlier established date. If for medical reasons one or |
6 | | more of
the required immunizations must be given after October |
7 | | 15 of the current school
year, or after an earlier established |
8 | | date of the current school year, then
the child shall present, |
9 | | by October 15, or by the earlier established date, a
schedule |
10 | | for the administration of the immunizations and a statement of |
11 | | the
medical reasons causing the delay, both the schedule and |
12 | | the statement being
issued by the physician, advanced practice |
13 | | registered nurse, physician assistant,
registered nurse, or |
14 | | local health department that will
be responsible for |
15 | | administration of the remaining required immunizations. If
a |
16 | | child does not comply by October 15, or by the earlier |
17 | | established date of
the current school year, with the |
18 | | requirements of this subsection, then the
local school |
19 | | authority shall exclude that child from school until such time |
20 | | as
the child presents proof of having had the health |
21 | | examination as required and
presents proof of having received |
22 | | those required immunizations which are
medically possible to |
23 | | receive immediately. During a child's exclusion from
school for |
24 | | noncompliance with this subsection, the child's parents or |
25 | | legal
guardian shall be considered in violation of Section 26-1 |
26 | | and subject to any
penalty imposed by Section 26-10. This |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 196 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | subsection (5) does not apply to dental examinations, eye |
2 | | examinations, and the developmental screening and the social |
3 | | and emotional screening portions of the health examination. If |
4 | | the student is an out-of-state transfer student and does not |
5 | | have the proof required under this subsection (5) before |
6 | | October 15 of the current year or whatever date is set by the |
7 | | school district, then he or she may only attend classes (i) if |
8 | | he or she has proof that an appointment for the required |
9 | | vaccinations has been scheduled with a party authorized to |
10 | | submit proof of the required vaccinations. If the proof of |
11 | | vaccination required under this subsection (5) is not submitted |
12 | | within 30 days after the student is permitted to attend |
13 | | classes, then the student is not to be permitted to attend |
14 | | classes until proof of the vaccinations has been properly |
15 | | submitted. No school district or employee of a school district |
16 | | shall be held liable for any injury or illness to another |
17 | | person that results from admitting an out-of-state transfer |
18 | | student to class that has an appointment scheduled pursuant to |
19 | | this subsection (5). |
20 | | (6) Every school shall report to the State Board of |
21 | | Education by November
15, in the manner which that agency shall |
22 | | require, the number of children who
have received the necessary |
23 | | immunizations and the health examination (other than a dental |
24 | | examination or eye examination) as
required, indicating, of |
25 | | those who have not received the immunizations and
examination |
26 | | as required, the number of children who are exempt from health
|
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 197 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | examination and immunization requirements on religious or |
2 | | medical grounds as
provided in subsection (8). On or before |
3 | | December 1 of each year, every public school district and |
4 | | registered nonpublic school shall make publicly available the |
5 | | immunization data they are required to submit to the State |
6 | | Board of Education by November 15. The immunization data made |
7 | | publicly available must be identical to the data the school |
8 | | district or school has reported to the State Board of |
9 | | Education. |
10 | | Every school shall report to the State Board of Education |
11 | | by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the |
12 | | number of children who have received the required dental |
13 | | examination, indicating, of those who have not received the |
14 | | required dental examination, the number of children who are |
15 | | exempt from the dental examination on religious grounds as |
16 | | provided in subsection (8) of this Section and the number of |
17 | | children who have received a waiver under subsection (1.5) of |
18 | | this Section. |
19 | | Every school shall report to the State Board of Education |
20 | | by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the |
21 | | number of children who have received the required eye |
22 | | examination, indicating, of those who have not received the |
23 | | required eye examination, the number of children who are exempt |
24 | | from the eye examination as provided in subsection (8) of this |
25 | | Section, the number of children who have received a waiver |
26 | | under subsection (1.10) of this Section, and the total number |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 198 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | of children in noncompliance with the eye examination |
2 | | requirement. |
3 | | The reported information under this subsection (6) shall be |
4 | | provided to the
Department of Public Health by the State Board |
5 | | of Education. |
6 | | (7) Upon determining that the number of pupils who are |
7 | | required to be in
compliance with subsection (5) of this |
8 | | Section is below 90% of the number of
pupils enrolled in the |
9 | | school district, 10% of each State aid payment made
pursuant to |
10 | | Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 to the school district for such year |
11 | | may be withheld
by the State Board of Education until the |
12 | | number of students in compliance with
subsection (5) is the |
13 | | applicable specified percentage or higher. |
14 | | (8) Children of parents or legal guardians who object to |
15 | | health, dental, or eye examinations or any part thereof, to |
16 | | immunizations, or to vision and hearing screening tests on |
17 | | religious grounds shall not be required to undergo the |
18 | | examinations, tests, or immunizations to which they so object |
19 | | if such parents or legal guardians present to the appropriate |
20 | | local school authority a signed Certificate of Religious |
21 | | Exemption detailing the grounds for objection and the specific |
22 | | immunizations, tests, or examinations to which they object. The |
23 | | grounds for objection must set forth the specific religious |
24 | | belief that conflicts with the examination, test, |
25 | | immunization, or other medical intervention. The signed |
26 | | certificate shall also reflect the parent's or legal guardian's |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 199 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | understanding of the school's exclusion policies in the case of |
2 | | a vaccine-preventable disease outbreak or exposure. The |
3 | | certificate must also be signed by the authorized examining |
4 | | health care provider responsible for the performance of the |
5 | | child's health examination confirming that the provider |
6 | | provided education to the parent or legal guardian on the |
7 | | benefits of immunization and the health risks to the student |
8 | | and to the community of the communicable diseases for which |
9 | | immunization is required in this State. However, the health |
10 | | care provider's signature on the certificate reflects only that |
11 | | education was provided and does not allow a health care |
12 | | provider grounds to determine a religious exemption. Those |
13 | | receiving immunizations required under this Code shall be |
14 | | provided with the relevant vaccine information statements that |
15 | | are required to be disseminated by the federal National |
16 | | Childhood Vaccine Injury Act of 1986, which may contain |
17 | | information on circumstances when a vaccine should not be |
18 | | administered, prior to administering a vaccine. A healthcare |
19 | | provider may consider including without limitation the |
20 | | nationally accepted recommendations from federal agencies such |
21 | | as the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, the |
22 | | information outlined in the relevant vaccine information |
23 | | statement, and vaccine package inserts, along with the |
24 | | healthcare provider's clinical judgment, to determine whether |
25 | | any child may be more susceptible to experiencing an adverse |
26 | | vaccine reaction than the general population, and, if so, the |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 200 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | healthcare provider may exempt the child from an immunization |
2 | | or adopt an individualized immunization schedule. The |
3 | | Certificate of Religious Exemption shall be created by the |
4 | | Department of Public Health and shall be made available and |
5 | | used by parents and legal guardians by the beginning of the |
6 | | 2015-2016 school year. Parents or legal guardians must submit |
7 | | the Certificate of Religious Exemption to their local school |
8 | | authority prior to entering kindergarten, sixth grade, and |
9 | | ninth grade for each child for which they are requesting an |
10 | | exemption. The religious objection stated need not be directed |
11 | | by the tenets of an established religious organization. |
12 | | However, general philosophical or moral reluctance to allow |
13 | | physical examinations, eye examinations, immunizations, vision |
14 | | and hearing screenings, or dental examinations does not provide |
15 | | a sufficient basis for an exception to statutory requirements. |
16 | | The local school authority is responsible for determining if
|
17 | | the content of the Certificate of Religious Exemption
|
18 | | constitutes a valid religious objection.
The local school |
19 | | authority shall inform the parent or legal guardian of |
20 | | exclusion procedures, in accordance with the Department's |
21 | | rules under Part 690 of Title 77 of the Illinois Administrative |
22 | | Code, at the time the objection is presented. |
23 | | If the physical condition
of the child is such that any one |
24 | | or more of the immunizing agents should not
be administered, |
25 | | the examining physician, advanced practice registered nurse, |
26 | | or
physician assistant responsible for the performance of the
|
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 201 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | health examination shall endorse that fact upon the health |
2 | | examination form. |
3 | | Exempting a child from the health,
dental, or eye |
4 | | examination does not exempt the child from
participation in the |
5 | | program of physical education training provided in
Sections |
6 | | 27-5 through 27-7 of this Code. |
7 | | (8.5) The school board of a school district shall include |
8 | | informational materials regarding influenza and influenza |
9 | | vaccinations and meningococcal disease and meningococcal |
10 | | vaccinations developed, provided, or approved by the |
11 | | Department of Public Health under Section 2310-700 of the |
12 | | Department of Public Health Powers and Duties Law of the Civil |
13 | | Administrative Code of Illinois when the board provides |
14 | | information on immunizations, infectious diseases, |
15 | | medications, or other school health issues to the parents or |
16 | | guardians of students. |
17 | | (9) For the purposes of this Section, "nursery schools" |
18 | | means those nursery
schools operated by elementary school |
19 | | systems or secondary level school units
or institutions of |
20 | | higher learning. |
21 | | (Source: P.A. 100-238, eff. 1-1-18; 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; |
22 | | 100-513, eff. 1-1-18; 100-829, eff. 1-1-19; 100-863, eff. |
23 | | 8-14-18; 100-977, eff. 1-1-19; 100-1011, eff. 8-21-18; 101-81, |
24 | | eff. 7-12-19.)
|
25 | | (105 ILCS 5/27-21) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-21)
|
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 202 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 101-227 ) |
2 | | Sec. 27-21. History of United States. History of the United |
3 | | States shall be taught in all public schools and
in all other |
4 | | educational institutions in this State supported or
|
5 | | maintained, in whole or in part, by public funds. The teaching |
6 | | of history
shall have as one of its objectives the imparting to |
7 | | pupils of a
comprehensive idea of our democratic form of |
8 | | government and the principles
for which our government stands |
9 | | as regards other nations, including the
studying of the place |
10 | | of our government in world-wide movements and the
leaders |
11 | | thereof, with particular stress upon the basic principles and
|
12 | | ideals of our representative form of government. The teaching |
13 | | of history
shall include a study of the role and contributions |
14 | | of African Americans and
other ethnic groups , including , but |
15 | | not restricted to , Polish, Lithuanian, German,
Hungarian, |
16 | | Irish, Bohemian, Russian, Albanian, Italian, Czech, Slovak,
|
17 | | French, Scots, Hispanics, Asian Americans, etc., in the history |
18 | | of this
country and this
State. To reinforce the study of the |
19 | | role and contributions of Hispanics, such curriculum shall |
20 | | include the study of the events related to the forceful removal |
21 | | and illegal deportation of Mexican-American U.S. citizens |
22 | | during the Great Depression. The teaching of history also shall |
23 | | include a study of the
role of labor unions and their |
24 | | interaction with government in achieving the
goals of a mixed |
25 | | free enterprise system. Beginning with the 2020-2021 school |
26 | | year, the teaching of history must also include instruction on |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 203 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | the history of Illinois. No pupils shall be graduated
from the |
2 | | eighth grade of any
public school unless he has received such |
3 | | instruction in the history of the
United States and gives |
4 | | evidence of having a comprehensive knowledge
thereof , which may |
5 | | be administered remotely .
|
6 | | (Source: P.A. 101-341, eff. 1-1-20; revised 9-19-19.)
|
7 | | (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 101-227 ) |
8 | | Sec. 27-21. History of United States. History of the United |
9 | | States shall be taught in all public schools and
in all other |
10 | | educational institutions in this State supported or
|
11 | | maintained, in whole or in part, by public funds. The teaching |
12 | | of history
shall have as one of its objectives the imparting to |
13 | | pupils of a
comprehensive idea of our democratic form of |
14 | | government and the principles
for which our government stands |
15 | | as regards other nations, including the
studying of the place |
16 | | of our government in world-wide movements and the
leaders |
17 | | thereof, with particular stress upon the basic principles and
|
18 | | ideals of our representative form of government. The teaching |
19 | | of history
shall include a study of the role and contributions |
20 | | of African Americans and
other ethnic groups , including , but |
21 | | not restricted to , Polish, Lithuanian, German,
Hungarian, |
22 | | Irish, Bohemian, Russian, Albanian, Italian, Czech, Slovak,
|
23 | | French, Scots, Hispanics, Asian Americans, etc., in the history |
24 | | of this
country and this
State. To reinforce the study of the |
25 | | role and contributions of Hispanics, such curriculum shall |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 204 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | include the study of the events related to the forceful removal |
2 | | and illegal deportation of Mexican-American U.S. citizens |
3 | | during the Great Depression. In public schools only, the |
4 | | teaching of history shall include a study of the roles and |
5 | | contributions of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender |
6 | | people in the history of this country and this State. The |
7 | | teaching of history also shall include a study of the
role of |
8 | | labor unions and their interaction with government in achieving |
9 | | the
goals of a mixed free enterprise system. Beginning with the |
10 | | 2020-2021 school year, the teaching of history must also |
11 | | include instruction on the history of Illinois. No pupils shall |
12 | | be graduated
from the eighth grade of any
public school unless |
13 | | he or she has received such instruction in the history of the
|
14 | | United States and gives evidence of having a comprehensive |
15 | | knowledge
thereof , which may be administered remotely .
|
16 | | (Source: P.A. 101-227, eff. 7-1-20; 101-341, eff. 1-1-20; |
17 | | revised 9-19-19.)
|
18 | | (105 ILCS 5/27-22) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-22)
|
19 | | Sec. 27-22. Required high school courses.
|
20 | | (a) (Blank).
|
21 | | (b) (Blank). |
22 | | (c) (Blank). |
23 | | (d) (Blank). |
24 | | (e) As a prerequisite to receiving a high school diploma, |
25 | | each pupil
entering the 9th grade must, in addition to other |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 205 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | course requirements, successfully
complete all of the |
2 | | following courses: |
3 | | (1) Four years of language arts. |
4 | | (2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of |
5 | | which must be English and the other of which may be English |
6 | | or any other subject. When applicable, writing-intensive |
7 | | courses may be counted towards the fulfillment of other |
8 | | graduation requirements.
|
9 | | (3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be |
10 | | Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and |
11 | | one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science |
12 | | course. A mathematics course that includes geometry |
13 | | content may be offered as an integrated, applied, |
14 | | interdisciplinary, or career and technical education |
15 | | course that prepares a student for a career readiness path. |
16 | | (4) Two years of science. |
17 | | (5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one |
18 | | year must be history of the United States or a combination |
19 | | of history of the United States and American government |
20 | | and, beginning with pupils entering the 9th grade in the |
21 | | 2016-2017 school year and each school year thereafter, at |
22 | | least one semester must be civics, which shall help young |
23 | | people acquire and learn to use the skills, knowledge, and |
24 | | attitudes that will prepare them to be competent and |
25 | | responsible citizens throughout their lives. Civics course |
26 | | content shall focus on government institutions, the |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 206 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | discussion of current and controversial issues, service |
2 | | learning, and simulations of the democratic process. |
3 | | School districts may utilize private funding available for |
4 | | the purposes of offering civics education. |
5 | | (6) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C) |
6 | | foreign language, which shall be deemed to include American |
7 | | Sign Language, or (D) vocational education. |
8 | | (f) The State Board of Education shall develop and inform |
9 | | school districts of standards for writing-intensive |
10 | | coursework.
|
11 | | (f-5) If a school district offers an Advanced Placement |
12 | | computer science course to high school students, then the |
13 | | school board must designate that course as equivalent to a high |
14 | | school mathematics course and must denote on the student's |
15 | | transcript that the Advanced Placement computer science course |
16 | | qualifies as a mathematics-based, quantitative course for |
17 | | students in accordance with subdivision (3) of subsection (e) |
18 | | of this Section. |
19 | | (g) This amendatory Act of 1983 does not apply to pupils |
20 | | entering the 9th grade
in 1983-1984 school year and prior |
21 | | school years or to students
with disabilities whose course of |
22 | | study is determined by an individualized
education program.
|
23 | | This amendatory Act of the 94th General Assembly does not |
24 | | apply
to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2004-2005 school |
25 | | year or a prior
school year or to students with disabilities |
26 | | whose course of study is
determined by an individualized |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 207 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | education program.
|
2 | | (h) The provisions of this Section are subject to the |
3 | | provisions of
Section
27-22.05 of this Code and the |
4 | | Postsecondary and Workforce Readiness Act.
|
5 | | (i) The State Board of Education may adopt rules to modify |
6 | | the requirements of this Section for any students enrolled in |
7 | | grades 9 through 12 if the Governor has declared a disaster due |
8 | | to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the |
9 | | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. |
10 | | (Source: P.A. 100-443, eff. 8-25-17; 101-464, eff. 1-1-20 .)
|
11 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-2.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-2.1)
|
12 | | Sec. 34-2.1. Local School Councils - Composition - |
13 | | Voter-Eligibility
- Elections - Terms. |
14 | | (a) A local school council shall be established for each |
15 | | attendance
center within the school district. Each local school |
16 | | council shall
consist of the following 12 voting members: the |
17 | | principal of the
attendance center, 2 teachers employed and |
18 | | assigned to perform the
majority of their employment duties at |
19 | | the attendance center, 6 parents of
students currently enrolled |
20 | | at the attendance center, one employee of the school district |
21 | | employed and assigned to perform the majority of his or her |
22 | | employment duties at the attendance center who is not a |
23 | | teacher, and 2 community
residents. Neither the parents nor the |
24 | | community residents who serve as
members of the local school |
25 | | council shall be employees of the Board of
Education. In each |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 208 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | secondary attendance center, the local school council
shall |
2 | | consist of 13 voting members -- the 12 voting members described |
3 | | above
and one full-time student member, appointed as provided |
4 | | in subsection
(m) below.
In the event that the chief executive |
5 | | officer of the Chicago School Reform
Board of Trustees |
6 | | determines that a local school council is not carrying out
its |
7 | | financial duties effectively, the chief executive officer is |
8 | | authorized to
appoint a representative of the business |
9 | | community with experience in finance
and management
to serve as |
10 | | an advisor to the local school council for
the purpose of |
11 | | providing advice and assistance to the local school council on
|
12 | | fiscal matters.
The advisor shall have access to relevant |
13 | | financial records of the
local school council. The advisor may |
14 | | attend executive sessions.
The chief executive officer shall
|
15 | | issue a written policy defining the circumstances under which a |
16 | | local school
council is not carrying out its financial duties |
17 | | effectively.
|
18 | | (b) Within 7 days of January 11, 1991, the Mayor shall |
19 | | appoint the
members and officers (a Chairperson who shall be a |
20 | | parent member and a
Secretary) of each local school council who |
21 | | shall hold their offices until
their successors shall be |
22 | | elected and qualified. Members so appointed shall
have all the |
23 | | powers and duties of local school councils as set forth in
this |
24 | | amendatory Act of 1991. The Mayor's appointments shall not |
25 | | require
approval by the City Council.
|
26 | | The membership of each local school council shall be |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 209 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | encouraged to be
reflective of the racial and ethnic |
2 | | composition of the student population
of the attendance center |
3 | | served by the local school council.
|
4 | | (c) Beginning with the 1995-1996 school year and in every |
5 | | even-numbered
year thereafter, the Board shall set second |
6 | | semester Parent Report Card
Pick-up Day for Local School |
7 | | Council elections and may schedule elections at
year-round |
8 | | schools for the same dates as the remainder of the school |
9 | | system.
Elections shall be
conducted as provided herein by the |
10 | | Board of Education in consultation with
the local school |
11 | | council at each attendance center. |
12 | | (c-5) Notwithstanding subsection (c), for the local school |
13 | | council election set for the 2019-2020 school year, the Board |
14 | | may hold the election on the first semester Parent Report Card |
15 | | Pick-up Day of the 2020-2021 school year, making any necessary |
16 | | modifications to the election process or date to comply with |
17 | | guidance from the Department of Public Health and the federal |
18 | | Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. The terms of office |
19 | | of all local school council members eligible to serve and |
20 | | seated on or after March 23, 2020 through January 10, 2021 are |
21 | | extended through January 10, 2021, provided that the members |
22 | | continue to meet eligibility requirements for local school |
23 | | council membership.
|
24 | | (d) Beginning with the 1995-96 school year, the following
|
25 | | procedures shall apply to the election of local school council |
26 | | members at each
attendance center:
|
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 210 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | (i) The elected members of each local school council |
2 | | shall consist of
the 6 parent members and the 2 community |
3 | | resident members.
|
4 | | (ii) Each elected member shall be elected by the |
5 | | eligible voters of
that attendance center to serve for a |
6 | | two-year term
commencing on July 1
immediately following |
7 | | the election described in subsection
(c) , except that the |
8 | | terms of members elected to a local school council under |
9 | | subsection (c-5) shall commence on January 11, 2021 and end |
10 | | on July 1, 2022 . Eligible
voters for each attendance center |
11 | | shall consist of the parents and community
residents for |
12 | | that attendance center.
|
13 | | (iii) Each eligible voter shall be entitled
to cast one |
14 | | vote for up to
a total of 5 candidates, irrespective of |
15 | | whether such candidates are parent
or community resident |
16 | | candidates.
|
17 | | (iv) Each parent voter shall be entitled to vote in the |
18 | | local
school
council election at each attendance center in |
19 | | which he or she has a child
currently enrolled. Each |
20 | | community resident voter shall be entitled to
vote in the |
21 | | local school council election at each attendance center for
|
22 | | which he or she resides in the applicable attendance area |
23 | | or voting
district, as the case may be.
|
24 | | (v) Each eligible voter shall be entitled to vote once, |
25 | | but
not more
than once, in the local school council |
26 | | election at each attendance center
at which the voter is |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 211 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | eligible to vote.
|
2 | | (vi) The 2 teacher members and the non-teacher employee |
3 | | member of each local school council
shall be
appointed as |
4 | | provided in subsection (l) below each to serve for a
|
5 | | two-year
term coinciding with that of the elected parent |
6 | | and community resident
members. From March 23, 2020 through |
7 | | January 10, 2021, the chief executive officer or his or her |
8 | | designee may make accommodations to fill the vacancy of a |
9 | | teacher or non-teacher employee member of a local school |
10 | | council.
|
11 | | (vii) At secondary attendance centers, the voting |
12 | | student
member shall
be appointed as provided in subsection |
13 | | (m) below to serve
for a one-year term coinciding with the |
14 | | beginning of the terms of the elected
parent and community |
15 | | members of the local school council. For the 2020-2021 |
16 | | school year, the chief executive officer or his or her |
17 | | designee may make accommodations to fill the vacancy of a |
18 | | student member of a local school council.
|
19 | | (e) The Council shall publicize the date and place of the |
20 | | election by
posting notices at the attendance center, in public |
21 | | places within the
attendance boundaries of the attendance |
22 | | center and by distributing notices
to the pupils at the |
23 | | attendance center, and shall utilize such other means
as it |
24 | | deems necessary to maximize the involvement of all eligible |
25 | | voters.
|
26 | | (f) Nomination. The Council shall publicize the opening of |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 212 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | nominations
by posting notices at the attendance center, in |
2 | | public places within the
attendance boundaries of the |
3 | | attendance center and by distributing notices
to the pupils at |
4 | | the attendance center, and shall utilize such other means
as it |
5 | | deems necessary to maximize the involvement of all eligible |
6 | | voters.
Not less than 2 weeks before the election date, persons |
7 | | eligible to run for
the Council shall submit their name,
date |
8 | | of birth, social
security number, if
available,
and some |
9 | | evidence of eligibility
to the Council. The Council shall |
10 | | encourage nomination of candidates
reflecting the |
11 | | racial/ethnic population of the students at the attendance
|
12 | | center. Each person nominated who runs as a candidate shall |
13 | | disclose, in a
manner determined by the Board, any economic |
14 | | interest held by such person,
by such person's spouse or |
15 | | children, or by each business entity in which
such person has |
16 | | an ownership interest, in any contract with the Board, any
|
17 | | local school council or any public school in the school
|
18 | | district.
Each person
nominated who runs as a candidate shall |
19 | | also disclose, in a manner determined
by the Board, if he or |
20 | | she ever has been convicted of any of the offenses
specified in |
21 | | subsection (c) of Section 34-18.5; provided that neither this
|
22 | | provision nor any other provision of this Section shall be |
23 | | deemed to require
the disclosure of any information that is |
24 | | contained in any law enforcement
record or juvenile court |
25 | | record that is confidential or whose accessibility or
|
26 | | disclosure is restricted or prohibited under Section 5-901 or
|
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 213 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | 5-905 of the Juvenile
Court Act of 1987.
Failure to make such |
2 | | disclosure shall render a person ineligible
for election or to |
3 | | serve on the local school council. The same
disclosure shall be
|
4 | | required of persons under consideration for appointment to the |
5 | | Council
pursuant to subsections (l) and (m) of this Section.
|
6 | | (f-5) Notwithstanding disclosure, a person who has been |
7 | | convicted of any
of
the
following offenses at any time shall be |
8 | | ineligible for election or appointment
to a local
school |
9 | | council and ineligible for appointment to a local school |
10 | | council
pursuant to
subsections (l) and (m) of this Section: |
11 | | (i) those defined in Section 11-1.20, 11-1.30, 11-1.40, |
12 | | 11-1.50, 11-1.60, 11-6,
11-9.1, 11-14.4, 11-16,
11-17.1, |
13 | | 11-19, 11-19.1, 11-19.2, 11-20.1, 11-20.1B, 11-20.3, 12-13, |
14 | | 12-14, 12-14.1, 12-15, or
12-16, or subdivision (a)(2) of |
15 | | Section 11-14.3, of the
Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal |
16 | | Code of 2012, or (ii) any offense committed or attempted in any |
17 | | other
state or
against the laws of the United States, which, if |
18 | | committed or attempted in this
State,
would have been |
19 | | punishable as one or more of the foregoing offenses.
|
20 | | Notwithstanding
disclosure, a person who has been convicted of |
21 | | any of the following offenses
within the
10 years previous to |
22 | | the date of nomination or appointment shall be ineligible
for |
23 | | election or
appointment to a local school council:
(i) those |
24 | | defined in Section 401.1, 405.1, or 405.2 of the Illinois |
25 | | Controlled
Substances Act or (ii) any
offense committed
or |
26 | | attempted in any other state or against the laws of the United |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 214 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | States,
which, if
committed or attempted in this State, would |
2 | | have been punishable as one or more
of the
foregoing offenses.
|
3 | | Immediately upon election or appointment, incoming local |
4 | | school
council members
shall be
required to undergo a criminal |
5 | | background investigation, to be completed prior
to the member |
6 | | taking office,
in order to identify
any criminal convictions |
7 | | under the offenses enumerated in Section 34-18.5.
The |
8 | | investigation shall be conducted by the Department of State |
9 | | Police in the
same manner as provided for in Section 34-18.5. |
10 | | However, notwithstanding
Section 34-18.5, the social security |
11 | | number shall be provided only if
available.
If it is determined |
12 | | at any time that a local school council member or
member-elect |
13 | | has been convicted
of any of the offenses enumerated in this |
14 | | Section or failed to disclose a
conviction of any of the |
15 | | offenses enumerated in Section 34-18.5, the general
|
16 | | superintendent shall notify the local school council member or |
17 | | member-elect of
such
determination and the local school council |
18 | | member or member-elect shall be
removed from the
local school |
19 | | council by the Board, subject to a hearing,
convened pursuant |
20 | | to Board rule, prior to removal.
|
21 | | (g) At least one week before the election date, the Council |
22 | | shall
publicize, in the manner provided in subsection (e), the |
23 | | names of persons
nominated for election.
|
24 | | (h) Voting shall be in person by secret ballot at the |
25 | | attendance center
between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m.
|
26 | | (i) Candidates receiving the highest number of votes shall |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 215 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | be declared
elected by the Council. In cases of a tie, the |
2 | | Council shall determine the
winner by lot.
|
3 | | (j) The Council shall certify the results of the election |
4 | | and shall
publish the results in the minutes of the Council.
|
5 | | (k) The general superintendent shall resolve any
disputes
|
6 | | concerning election procedure or results and shall ensure that, |
7 | | except as
provided in subsections (e) and (g), no resources of |
8 | | any attendance center
shall be used to endorse or promote any |
9 | | candidate.
|
10 | | (l) Beginning with the 1995-1996 school year
and in every
|
11 | | even numbered
year thereafter, the Board shall appoint 2 |
12 | | teacher
members to each
local school council. These |
13 | | appointments shall be made in the following
manner:
|
14 | | (i) The Board shall appoint 2 teachers who are
employed |
15 | | and assigned to
perform the majority of
their employment |
16 | | duties at the attendance center
to serve on the local |
17 | | school council of the attendance center for a two-year
term |
18 | | coinciding with the terms of the elected parent and
|
19 | | community members of that local school council. These
|
20 | | appointments shall be made from among those teachers who |
21 | | are nominated in
accordance with subsection (f).
|
22 | | (ii) A non-binding, advisory poll to ascertain the
|
23 | | preferences of the
school staff regarding appointments of |
24 | | teachers to the local school council
for that attendance |
25 | | center shall be conducted in accordance with the
procedures |
26 | | used to elect parent and community Council |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 216 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | representatives. At
such poll, each member of the school |
2 | | staff shall be entitled to indicate
his or her preference |
3 | | for up to 2 candidates from among those who submitted
|
4 | | statements of candidacy as described above. These |
5 | | preferences shall be
advisory only and the Board shall |
6 | | maintain absolute discretion to appoint
teacher members to |
7 | | local school councils, irrespective of the preferences
|
8 | | expressed in any such poll.
|
9 | | (iii) In the event that a teacher representative is |
10 | | unable to perform
his or her employment duties at the |
11 | | school due to illness, disability, leave of
absence, |
12 | | disciplinary action, or any other reason, the Board shall |
13 | | declare
a temporary vacancy and appoint a replacement |
14 | | teacher representative to serve
on the local school council |
15 | | until such time as the teacher member originally
appointed |
16 | | pursuant to this subsection (l) resumes service at the |
17 | | attendance
center or for the remainder of the term. The |
18 | | replacement teacher
representative shall be appointed in |
19 | | the same manner and by the same procedures
as teacher |
20 | | representatives are appointed in subdivisions (i) and (ii) |
21 | | of this
subsection (l).
|
22 | | (m) Beginning with the 1995-1996 school year, and in every
|
23 | | year thereafter, the Board shall appoint one student member to |
24 | | each
secondary attendance center. These appointments shall be |
25 | | made in the
following manner:
|
26 | | (i) Appointments shall be made from among those |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 217 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | students who submit
statements of candidacy to the |
2 | | principal of the attendance center, such
statements to be |
3 | | submitted commencing on the first day of the twentieth
week |
4 | | of school and
continuing for 2 weeks thereafter. The form |
5 | | and manner of such candidacy
statements shall be determined |
6 | | by the Board.
|
7 | | (ii) During the twenty-second week of school in every |
8 | | year,
the principal of
each attendance center shall conduct |
9 | | a non-binding, advisory poll to
ascertain the preferences |
10 | | of the school students regarding the appointment
of a |
11 | | student to the local school council for that attendance |
12 | | center. At
such poll, each student shall be entitled to |
13 | | indicate his or her preference
for up to one candidate from |
14 | | among those who submitted statements of
candidacy as |
15 | | described above. The Board shall promulgate rules to ensure
|
16 | | that these non-binding, advisory polls are conducted in a |
17 | | fair and
equitable manner and maximize the involvement of |
18 | | all school students. The
preferences expressed in these |
19 | | non-binding, advisory polls shall be
transmitted by the |
20 | | principal to the Board. However, these preferences
shall be |
21 | | advisory only and the Board shall maintain absolute |
22 | | discretion to
appoint student members to local school |
23 | | councils, irrespective of the
preferences expressed in any |
24 | | such poll.
|
25 | | (iii) For the 1995-96 school year only, appointments |
26 | | shall be made from
among those students who submitted |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 218 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | statements of candidacy to the principal
of the attendance |
2 | | center during the first 2 weeks of the school year.
The
|
3 | | principal shall communicate the results of any nonbinding, |
4 | | advisory poll to the
Board. These results shall be advisory |
5 | | only, and the Board shall maintain
absolute discretion to |
6 | | appoint student members to local school councils,
|
7 | | irrespective of the preferences expressed in any such poll.
|
8 | | (n) The Board may promulgate such other rules and |
9 | | regulations for
election procedures as may be deemed necessary |
10 | | to ensure fair elections.
|
11 | | (o) In the event that a vacancy occurs during a member's |
12 | | term, the
Council shall appoint a person eligible to serve on |
13 | | the Council, to fill
the unexpired term created by the vacancy, |
14 | | except that any teacher vacancy
shall be filled by the Board |
15 | | after considering the preferences of the school
staff as |
16 | | ascertained through a non-binding advisory poll of school |
17 | | staff.
|
18 | | (p) If less than the specified number of persons is elected |
19 | | within each
candidate category, the newly elected local school |
20 | | council shall appoint
eligible persons to serve as members of |
21 | | the Council for two-year terms.
|
22 | | (q) The Board shall promulgate rules regarding conflicts of |
23 | | interest
and disclosure of economic interests which shall apply |
24 | | to local school
council members and which shall require reports |
25 | | or statements to be filed
by Council members at regular |
26 | | intervals with the Secretary of the
Board. Failure to comply |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 219 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | with such rules
or intentionally falsifying such reports shall |
2 | | be grounds for
disqualification from local school council |
3 | | membership. A vacancy on the
Council for disqualification may |
4 | | be so declared by the Secretary of the
Board. Rules regarding |
5 | | conflicts of interest and disclosure of
economic interests |
6 | | promulgated by the Board shall apply to local school council
|
7 | | members. No less than 45 days prior to the deadline, the |
8 | | general
superintendent shall provide notice, by mail, to each |
9 | | local school council
member of all requirements and forms for |
10 | | compliance with economic interest
statements.
|
11 | | (r) (1) If a parent member of a local school council ceases |
12 | | to have any
child
enrolled in the attendance center governed by |
13 | | the Local School Council due to
the graduation or voluntary |
14 | | transfer of a child or children from the attendance
center, the |
15 | | parent's membership on the Local School Council and all voting
|
16 | | rights are terminated immediately as of the date of the child's |
17 | | graduation or
voluntary transfer. If the child of a parent |
18 | | member of a local school council dies during the member's term |
19 | | in office, the member may continue to serve on the local school |
20 | | council for the balance of his or her term. Further,
a local |
21 | | school council member may be removed from the Council by a
|
22 | | majority vote of the Council as provided in subsection (c) of |
23 | | Section
34-2.2 if the Council member has missed 3 consecutive |
24 | | regular meetings, not
including committee meetings, or 5 |
25 | | regular meetings in a 12 month period,
not including committee |
26 | | meetings.
If a parent member of a local school council ceases |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 220 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | to be eligible to serve
on the Council for any other reason, he |
2 | | or she shall be removed by the Board
subject
to a hearing, |
3 | | convened pursuant to Board rule, prior to removal.
A vote to |
4 | | remove a Council member by the local school council shall
only |
5 | | be valid if the Council member has been notified personally or |
6 | | by
certified mail, mailed to the person's last known address, |
7 | | of the Council's
intent to vote on the Council member's removal |
8 | | at least 7 days prior to the
vote. The Council member in |
9 | | question shall have the right to explain
his or her actions and |
10 | | shall be eligible to vote on the
question of his or her removal |
11 | | from the Council. The provisions of this
subsection shall be |
12 | | contained within the petitions used to nominate Council
|
13 | | candidates.
|
14 | | (2) A person may continue to serve as a community resident |
15 | | member of a
local
school council as long as he or she resides |
16 | | in the attendance area served by
the
school and is not employed |
17 | | by the Board nor is a parent of a student enrolled
at the |
18 | | school. If a community resident member ceases to be eligible to |
19 | | serve
on the Council, he or she shall be removed by the Board |
20 | | subject to a hearing,
convened pursuant to Board rule, prior to |
21 | | removal.
|
22 | | (3) A person may continue to serve as a teacher member of a |
23 | | local school
council as long as he or she is employed and |
24 | | assigned to perform a majority of
his or her duties at the |
25 | | school, provided that if the teacher representative
resigns |
26 | | from employment with the Board or
voluntarily transfers to |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 221 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | another school, the teacher's membership on the local
school |
2 | | council and all voting rights are terminated immediately as of |
3 | | the date
of the teacher's resignation or upon the date of the |
4 | | teacher's voluntary
transfer to another school. If a teacher |
5 | | member of a local school council
ceases to be eligible to serve |
6 | | on a local school council for any other reason,
that member |
7 | | shall be removed by the Board subject to a hearing, convened
|
8 | | pursuant to Board rule, prior to removal. |
9 | | (s) As used in this Section only, "community resident" |
10 | | means a person, 17 years of age or older, residing within an |
11 | | attendance area served by a school, excluding any person who is |
12 | | a parent of a student enrolled in that school; provided that |
13 | | with respect to any multi-area school, community resident means |
14 | | any person, 17 years of age or older, residing within the |
15 | | voting district established for that school pursuant to Section |
16 | | 34-2.1c, excluding any person who is a parent of a student |
17 | | enrolled in that school. This definition does not apply to any |
18 | | provisions concerning school boards.
|
19 | | (Source: P.A. 99-597, eff. 1-1-17 .)
|
20 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-2.2) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-2.2)
|
21 | | Sec. 34-2.2. Local school councils - Manner of operation.
|
22 | | (a) The annual organizational meeting of each local school |
23 | | council
shall be held at the attendance center. At the annual |
24 | | organization meeting,
which shall be held no sooner than July 1 |
25 | | and no later than July 14, a parent
member of the local school |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 222 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | council shall be selected by the members of such
council as its |
2 | | chairperson, and a secretary shall be selected by the members |
3 | | of
such council from among their number, each to serve a term |
4 | | of one year.
However, an organizational meeting held by members |
5 | | elected to a local school council under subsection (c-5) of |
6 | | Section 34-2.1 may be held no sooner than January 11, 2021 and |
7 | | no later than January 31, 2021. Whenever a vacancy in the |
8 | | office of chairperson or secretary of a local school
council |
9 | | shall occur, a new chairperson (who shall be a parent member) |
10 | | or
secretary, as the case may be, shall be elected by the |
11 | | members of the local
school council from among their number to |
12 | | serve as such
chairperson or secretary for the unexpired term |
13 | | of office in which the
vacancy occurs. At each annual |
14 | | organizational meeting, the time and
place of any regular |
15 | | meetings of the local school council shall be fixed.
Special |
16 | | meetings of the local school council may be called by the
|
17 | | chairperson or by any 4 members by giving notice thereof in |
18 | | writing,
specifying the time, place and purpose of the meeting. |
19 | | Public notice of
meetings shall also be given in accordance |
20 | | with the Open Meetings Act.
|
21 | | (b) Members and officers of the local school council shall |
22 | | serve
without compensation and without reimbursement of any |
23 | | expenses incurred in
the performance of their duties, except |
24 | | that the board of education may by
rule establish a procedure |
25 | | and thereunder provide for reimbursement of
members and |
26 | | officers of local school councils for such of their reasonable
|
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 223 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | and necessary expenses (excluding any lodging or meal expenses) |
2 | | incurred in
the performance of their duties as the board may |
3 | | deem appropriate.
|
4 | | (c) A majority of the full membership of the local school |
5 | | council
shall constitute a quorum, and whenever a vote is taken |
6 | | on any measure
before the local school council, a quorum being |
7 | | present, the affirmative
vote of a majority of the votes of the |
8 | | full membership then serving of the
local school council shall |
9 | | determine the outcome thereof; provided that
whenever the |
10 | | measure before the local school council is (i) the evaluation
|
11 | | of the principal, or (ii) the renewal of his or her performance |
12 | | contract or
the inclusion of any provision or modification of |
13 | | the contract, or (iii)
the direct selection by the local school |
14 | | council of a new principal
(including
a new principal to fill a |
15 | | vacancy) to serve under a 4 year performance
contract, or (iv) |
16 | | the determination of the names of candidates to be submitted
to |
17 | | the general superintendent for the position of
principal, the
|
18 | | principal and
student member of a high school council shall not |
19 | | be counted for purposes of
determining whether a quorum is |
20 | | present to act on the measure and shall have no
vote thereon; |
21 | | and provided further that 7 affirmative votes of the local |
22 | | school
council shall be required for the direct selection by |
23 | | the local school
council
of a new principal
to serve under a 4 |
24 | | year performance contract but not for the renewal of a
|
25 | | principal's performance contract.
|
26 | | (d) Student members of high school councils shall not be |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 224 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | eligible
to vote on personnel matters, including but not |
2 | | limited to principal
evaluations and contracts and the |
3 | | allocation of teaching and staff resources.
|
4 | | (e) The local school council of an attendance center which |
5 | | provides
bilingual education shall be encouraged to provide |
6 | | translators at each
council meeting to maximize participation |
7 | | of parents and the community.
|
8 | | (f) Each local school council of an attendance center which |
9 | | provides
bilingual education shall create a Bilingual Advisory |
10 | | Committee or
recognize an existing Bilingual Advisory |
11 | | Committee as a standing committee.
The Chair and a majority of |
12 | | the members of the advisory committee shall be
parents of |
13 | | students in the bilingual education program. The parents on the
|
14 | | advisory committee shall be selected by parents of students in |
15 | | the
bilingual education program, and the committee shall select |
16 | | a Chair. The
advisory committee for each secondary attendance |
17 | | center shall include at
least one full-time bilingual education |
18 | | student. The Bilingual Advisory
Committee shall serve only in |
19 | | an advisory capacity to the local school council.
|
20 | | (g) Local school councils may utilize the services of an |
21 | | arbitration
board to resolve intra-council disputes.
|
22 | | (Source: P.A. 91-622, eff. 8-19-99.)
|
23 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.66 new) |
24 | | Sec. 34-18.66. Remote learning. This Section applies if the |
25 | | Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 225 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency |
2 | | Management Agency Act. |
3 | | (1) If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a |
4 | | public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the |
5 | | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act, the State |
6 | | Superintendent of Education may declare a requirement to |
7 | | use remote learning days for a school district, multiple |
8 | | school districts, a region, or the entire State. During |
9 | | remote learning days, schools shall conduct instruction |
10 | | remotely. Once declared, remote learning days shall be |
11 | | implemented in grades pre-kindergarten through 12 as days |
12 | | of attendance and shall be deemed pupil attendance days for |
13 | | calculation of the length of a school term under Section |
14 | | 10-19. |
15 | | (2) For purposes of this Section, a remote learning day |
16 | | may be met through the district's implementation of an |
17 | | e-learning program under Section 10-20.56. |
18 | | (3) If the district does not implement an e-learning |
19 | | program under Section 10-20.56, the district shall adopt a |
20 | | remote learning day plan approved by the general |
21 | | superintendent of schools. The district may utilize remote |
22 | | learning planning days, consecutively or in separate |
23 | | increments, to develop, review, or amend its remote |
24 | | learning day plan or provide professional development to |
25 | | staff regarding remote education. Up to 5 remote learning |
26 | | planning days may be deemed pupil attendance days for |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 226 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | calculation of the length of a school term under Section |
2 | | 10-19. |
3 | | (4) Each remote learning day plan shall address the |
4 | | following: |
5 | | (i) accessibility of the remote instruction to all |
6 | | students enrolled in the district; |
7 | | (ii) if applicable, a requirement that the remote |
8 | | learning day activities reflect State learning |
9 | | standards; |
10 | | (iii) a means for students to confer with an |
11 | | educator, as necessary; |
12 | | (iv) the unique needs of students in special |
13 | | populations, including, but not limited to, students |
14 | | eligible for special education under Article 14, |
15 | | students who are English learners as defined in Section |
16 | | 14C-2, and students experiencing homelessness under |
17 | | the Education for Homeless Children Act, or vulnerable |
18 | | student populations; |
19 | | (v) how the district will take attendance and |
20 | | monitor and verify each student's remote |
21 | | participation; and |
22 | | (vi) transitions from remote learning to on-site |
23 | | learning upon the State Superintendent's declaration |
24 | | that remote learning days are no longer deemed |
25 | | necessary. |
26 | | (5) The general superintendent of schools shall |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 227 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | periodically review and amend the district's remote |
2 | | learning day plan, as needed, to ensure the plan meets the |
3 | | needs of all students. |
4 | | (6) Each remote learning day plan shall be posted on |
5 | | the district's Internet website where other policies, |
6 | | rules, and standards of conduct are posted and shall be |
7 | | provided to students and faculty. |
8 | | (7) This Section does not create any additional |
9 | | employee bargaining rights and does not remove any employee |
10 | | bargaining rights. |
11 | | (8) Statutory and regulatory curricular mandates and |
12 | | offerings may be administered via the district's remote |
13 | | learning day plan, except that the district may not offer |
14 | | individual behind-the-wheel instruction required by |
15 | | Section 27-24.2 via the district's remote learning day |
16 | | plan.
This Section does not relieve schools and the |
17 | | district from completing all statutory and regulatory |
18 | | curricular mandates and offerings. |
19 | | Section 10. The Illinois Articulation Initiative Act is |
20 | | amended by changing Section 20 as follows: |
21 | | (110 ILCS 152/20)
|
22 | | Sec. 20. Course transferability.
|
23 | | (a) All courses approved for Illinois Articulation |
24 | | Initiative General Education codes must be transferable as a |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 228 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | part of the General Education Core Curriculum package, |
2 | | consistent with the specific requirements of the package. |
3 | | Illinois Articulation Initiative General Education courses |
4 | | taken during the public health emergency declared by |
5 | | proclamation of the Governor due to the COVID-19 pandemic |
6 | | during calendar year 2020 must be transferable for students |
7 | | receiving a grade of "pass", "credit", or "satisfactory" and |
8 | | shall fulfill the prerequisite requirements for advanced |
9 | | courses. |
10 | | (a-5) All public institutions shall determine if Illinois |
11 | | Articulation Initiative major courses are direct course |
12 | | equivalents or are elective credit toward the requirements of |
13 | | the major. If the receiving institution does not offer the |
14 | | course or does not offer it at the lower-division level, the |
15 | | student shall receive elective lower-division major credit |
16 | | toward the requirements of the major for the course and may be |
17 | | required to take the course at the upper-division level. |
18 | | (b) Students receiving the full General Education Core |
19 | | Curriculum package must not be required to take additional |
20 | | lower-division general education courses.
|
21 | | (Source: P.A. 99-636, eff. 1-1-17 .) |
22 | | Section 15. The Board of Higher Education Act is amended by |
23 | | adding Section 9.39 as follows: |
24 | | (110 ILCS 205/9.39 new) |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 229 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | Sec. 9.39. Emergency completion and student support |
2 | | services grants. Subject to appropriation, the Board shall |
3 | | award emergency completion grants and competitive grants for |
4 | | public university student support services. |
5 | | Section 20. The Higher Education Student Assistance Act is |
6 | | amended by changing Section 65.100 as follows: |
7 | | (110 ILCS 947/65.100) |
8 | | (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 101-613 ) |
9 | | (Section scheduled to be repealed on October 1, 2024) |
10 | | Sec. 65.100. AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. |
11 | | (a) The General Assembly makes all of the following |
12 | | findings: |
13 | | (1) Both access and affordability are important |
14 | | aspects of the Illinois Public Agenda for College and |
15 | | Career Success report. |
16 | | (2) This State is in the top quartile with respect to |
17 | | the percentage of family income needed to pay for college. |
18 | | (3) Research suggests that as loan amounts increase, |
19 | | rather than an increase in grant amounts, the probability |
20 | | of college attendance decreases. |
21 | | (4) There is further research indicating that |
22 | | socioeconomic status may affect the willingness of |
23 | | students to use loans to attend college. |
24 | | (5) Strategic use of tuition discounting can decrease |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 230 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | the amount of loans that students must use to pay for |
2 | | tuition. |
3 | | (6) A modest, individually tailored tuition discount |
4 | | can make the difference in a student choosing to attend |
5 | | college and enhance college access for low-income and |
6 | | middle-income families. |
7 | | (7) Even if the federally calculated financial need for |
8 | | college attendance is met, the federally determined |
9 | | Expected Family Contribution can still be a daunting |
10 | | amount. |
11 | | (8) This State is the second largest exporter of |
12 | | students in the country. |
13 | | (9) When talented Illinois students attend |
14 | | universities in this State, the State and those |
15 | | universities benefit. |
16 | | (10) State universities in other states have adopted |
17 | | pricing and incentives that allow many Illinois residents |
18 | | to pay less to attend an out-of-state university than to |
19 | | remain in this State for college. |
20 | | (11) Supporting Illinois student attendance at |
21 | | Illinois public universities can assist in State efforts to |
22 | | maintain and educate a highly trained workforce. |
23 | | (12) Modest tuition discounts that are individually |
24 | | targeted and tailored can result in enhanced revenue for |
25 | | public universities. |
26 | | (13) By increasing a public university's capacity to |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 231 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | strategically use tuition discounting, the public |
2 | | university will be capable of creating enhanced tuition |
3 | | revenue by increasing enrollment yields. |
4 | | (b) In this Section: |
5 | | "Eligible applicant" means a student from any high school |
6 | | in this State, whether or not recognized by the State Board of |
7 | | Education, who is engaged in a program of study that in due |
8 | | course will be completed by the end of the school year and who |
9 | | meets all of the qualifications and requirements under this |
10 | | Section. |
11 | | "Tuition and other necessary fees" includes the customary |
12 | | charge for instruction and use of facilities in general and the |
13 | | additional fixed fees charged for specified purposes that are |
14 | | required generally of non-grant recipients for each academic |
15 | | period for which the grant applicant actually enrolls, but does |
16 | | not include fees payable only once or breakage fees and other |
17 | | contingent deposits that are refundable in whole or in part. |
18 | | The Commission may adopt, by rule not inconsistent with this |
19 | | Section, detailed provisions concerning the computation of |
20 | | tuition and other necessary fees. |
21 | | (c) Beginning with the 2019-2020 academic year, each public |
22 | | university may establish a merit-based scholarship pilot |
23 | | program known as the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. Each year, |
24 | | the Commission shall receive and consider applications from |
25 | | public universities under this Section. Subject to |
26 | | appropriation and any tuition waiver limitation established by |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 232 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | the Board of Higher Education, a public university campus may |
2 | | award a grant to a student under this Section if it finds that |
3 | | the applicant meets all of the following criteria: |
4 | | (1) He or she is a resident of this State and a citizen |
5 | | or eligible noncitizen of the United States. |
6 | | (2) He or she files a Free Application for Federal |
7 | | Student Aid and demonstrates financial need with a |
8 | | household income no greater than 6 times the poverty |
9 | | guidelines updated periodically in the Federal Register by |
10 | | the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services under the |
11 | | authority of 42 U.S.C. 9902(2). The household income of the |
12 | | applicant at the time of initial application shall be |
13 | | deemed to be the household income of the applicant for the |
14 | | duration of the pilot program. |
15 | | (3) He or she meets the minimum cumulative grade point |
16 | | average or ACT or SAT college admissions test score, as |
17 | | determined by the public university campus. |
18 | | (4) He or she is enrolled in a public university as an |
19 | | undergraduate student on a full-time basis. |
20 | | (5) He or she has not yet received a baccalaureate |
21 | | degree or the equivalent of 135 semester credit hours. |
22 | | (6) He or she is not incarcerated. |
23 | | (7) He or she is not in default on any student loan or |
24 | | does not owe a refund or repayment on any State or federal |
25 | | grant or scholarship. |
26 | | (8) Any other reasonable criteria, as determined by the |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 233 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | public university campus. |
2 | | (d) Each public university campus shall determine grant |
3 | | renewal criteria consistent with the requirements under this |
4 | | Section. |
5 | | (e) Each participating public university campus shall post |
6 | | on its Internet website criteria and eligibility requirements |
7 | | for receiving awards that use funds under this Section that |
8 | | include a range in the sizes of these individual awards. The |
9 | | criteria and amounts must also be reported to the Commission |
10 | | and the Board of Higher Education, who shall post the |
11 | | information on their respective Internet websites. |
12 | | (f) After enactment of an appropriation for this Program, |
13 | | the Commission shall determine an allocation of funds to each |
14 | | public university in an amount proportionate to the number of |
15 | | undergraduate students who are residents of this State and |
16 | | citizens or eligible noncitizens of the United States and who |
17 | | were enrolled at each public university campus in the previous |
18 | | academic year. All applications must be made to the Commission |
19 | | on or before a date determined by the Commission and on forms |
20 | | that the Commission shall provide to each public university |
21 | | campus. The form of the application and the information |
22 | | required shall be determined by the Commission and shall |
23 | | include, without limitation, the total public university |
24 | | campus funds used to match funds received from the Commission |
25 | | in the previous academic year under this Section, if any, the |
26 | | total enrollment of undergraduate students who are residents of |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 234 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | this State from the previous academic year, and any supporting |
2 | | documents as the Commission deems necessary. Each public |
3 | | university campus shall match the amount of funds received by |
4 | | the Commission with financial aid for eligible students. |
5 | | A public university campus is not required to claim its |
6 | | entire allocation. The Commission shall make available to all |
7 | | public universities, on a date determined by the Commission, |
8 | | any unclaimed funds and the funds must be made available to |
9 | | those public university campuses in the proportion determined |
10 | | under this subsection (f), excluding from the calculation those |
11 | | public university campuses not claiming their full |
12 | | allocations. |
13 | | Each public university campus may determine the award |
14 | | amounts for eligible students on an individual or broad basis, |
15 | | but, subject to renewal eligibility, each renewed award may not |
16 | | be less than the amount awarded to the eligible student in his |
17 | | or her first year attending the public university campus. |
18 | | Notwithstanding this limitation, a renewal grant may be reduced |
19 | | due to changes in the student's cost of attendance, including, |
20 | | but not limited to, if a student reduces the number of credit |
21 | | hours in which he or she is enrolled, but remains a full-time |
22 | | student, or switches to a course of study with a lower tuition |
23 | | rate. |
24 | | An eligible applicant awarded grant assistance under this |
25 | | Section is eligible to receive other financial aid. Total grant |
26 | | aid to the student from all sources may not exceed the total |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 235 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | cost of attendance at the public university campus. |
2 | | (g) All money allocated to a public university campus under |
3 | | this Section may be used only for financial aid purposes for |
4 | | students attending the public university campus during the |
5 | | academic year, not including summer terms. Notwithstanding any |
6 | | other provision of law to the contrary, any funds received by a |
7 | | public university campus under this Section that are not |
8 | | granted to students in the academic year for which the funds |
9 | | are received may be retained by the public university campus |
10 | | for expenditure on students participating in the Program or |
11 | | students eligible to participate in the Program. |
12 | | (h) Each public university campus that establishes a |
13 | | Program under this Section must annually report to the |
14 | | Commission, on or before a date determined by the Commission, |
15 | | the number of undergraduate students enrolled at that campus |
16 | | who are residents of this State. |
17 | | (i) Each public university campus must report to the |
18 | | Commission the total non-loan financial aid amount given by the |
19 | | public university campus to undergraduate students in fiscal |
20 | | year 2018. To be eligible to receive funds under the Program, a |
21 | | public university campus may not decrease the total amount of |
22 | | non-loan financial aid for undergraduate students to an amount |
23 | | lower than the total non-loan financial aid amount given by the |
24 | | public university campus to undergraduate students in fiscal |
25 | | year 2018, not including any funds received from the Commission |
26 | | under this Section or any funds used to match grant awards |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 236 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | under this Section. |
2 | | (j) On or before a date determined by the Commission, each |
3 | | public university campus that participates in the Program under |
4 | | this Section shall annually submit a report to the Commission |
5 | | with all of the following information: |
6 | | (1) The Program's impact on tuition revenue and |
7 | | enrollment goals and increase in access and affordability |
8 | | at the public university campus. |
9 | | (2) Total funds received by the public university |
10 | | campus under the Program. |
11 | | (3) Total non-loan financial aid awarded to |
12 | | undergraduate students attending the public university |
13 | | campus. |
14 | | (4) Total amount of funds matched by the public |
15 | | university campus. |
16 | | (5) Total amount of claimed and unexpended funds |
17 | | retained by the public university campus. |
18 | | (6) The percentage of total financial aid distributed |
19 | | under the Program by the public university campus. |
20 | | (7) The total number of students receiving grants from |
21 | | the public university campus under the Program and those |
22 | | students' grade level, race, gender, income level, family |
23 | | size, Monetary Award Program eligibility, Pell Grant |
24 | | eligibility, and zip code of residence and the amount of |
25 | | each grant award. This information shall include unit |
26 | | record data on those students regarding variables |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 237 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | associated with the parameters of the public university's |
2 | | Program, including, but not limited to, a student's ACT or |
3 | | SAT college admissions test score, high school or |
4 | | university cumulative grade point average, or program of |
5 | | study. |
6 | | On or before October 1, 2020 and annually on or before |
7 | | October 1 thereafter, the Commission shall submit a report with |
8 | | the findings under this subsection (j) and any other |
9 | | information regarding the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program to (i) |
10 | | the Governor, (ii) the Speaker of the House of Representatives, |
11 | | (iii) the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, (iv) |
12 | | the President of the Senate, and (v) the Minority Leader of the |
13 | | Senate. The reports to the General Assembly shall be filed with |
14 | | the Clerk of the House of Representatives and the Secretary of |
15 | | the Senate in electronic form only, in the manner that the |
16 | | Clerk and the Secretary shall direct. The Commission's report |
17 | | may not disaggregate data to a level that may disclose |
18 | | personally identifying information of individual students. |
19 | | The sharing and reporting of student data under this |
20 | | subsection (j) must be in accordance with the requirements |
21 | | under the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of |
22 | | 1974 and the Illinois School Student Records Act. All parties |
23 | | must preserve the confidentiality of the information as |
24 | | required by law. The names of the grant recipients under this |
25 | | Section are not subject to disclosure under the Freedom of |
26 | | Information Act. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 238 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | Public university campuses that fail to submit a report |
2 | | under this subsection (j) or that fail to adhere to any other |
3 | | requirements under this Section may not be eligible for |
4 | | distribution of funds under the Program for the next academic |
5 | | year, but may be eligible for distribution of funds for each |
6 | | academic year thereafter. |
7 | | (k) The Commission shall adopt rules to implement this |
8 | | Section. |
9 | | (l) This Section is repealed on October 1, 2024.
|
10 | | (Source: P.A. 100-587, eff. 6-4-18; 100-1015, eff. 8-21-18; |
11 | | 100-1183, eff. 4-4-19; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19.) |
12 | | (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 101-613 ) |
13 | | (Section scheduled to be repealed on October 1, 2024) |
14 | | Sec. 65.100. AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. |
15 | | (a) The General Assembly makes all of the following |
16 | | findings: |
17 | | (1) Both access and affordability are important |
18 | | aspects of the Illinois Public Agenda for College and |
19 | | Career Success report. |
20 | | (2) This State is in the top quartile with respect to |
21 | | the percentage of family income needed to pay for college. |
22 | | (3) Research suggests that as loan amounts increase, |
23 | | rather than an increase in grant amounts, the probability |
24 | | of college attendance decreases. |
25 | | (4) There is further research indicating that |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 239 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | socioeconomic status may affect the willingness of |
2 | | students to use loans to attend college. |
3 | | (5) Strategic use of tuition discounting can decrease |
4 | | the amount of loans that students must use to pay for |
5 | | tuition. |
6 | | (6) A modest, individually tailored tuition discount |
7 | | can make the difference in a student choosing to attend |
8 | | college and enhance college access for low-income and |
9 | | middle-income families. |
10 | | (7) Even if the federally calculated financial need for |
11 | | college attendance is met, the federally determined |
12 | | Expected Family Contribution can still be a daunting |
13 | | amount. |
14 | | (8) This State is the second largest exporter of |
15 | | students in the country. |
16 | | (9) When talented Illinois students attend |
17 | | universities in this State, the State and those |
18 | | universities benefit. |
19 | | (10) State universities in other states have adopted |
20 | | pricing and incentives that allow many Illinois residents |
21 | | to pay less to attend an out-of-state university than to |
22 | | remain in this State for college. |
23 | | (11) Supporting Illinois student attendance at |
24 | | Illinois public universities can assist in State efforts to |
25 | | maintain and educate a highly trained workforce. |
26 | | (12) Modest tuition discounts that are individually |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 240 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | targeted and tailored can result in enhanced revenue for |
2 | | public universities. |
3 | | (13) By increasing a public university's capacity to |
4 | | strategically use tuition discounting, the public |
5 | | university will be capable of creating enhanced tuition |
6 | | revenue by increasing enrollment yields. |
7 | | (b) In this Section: |
8 | | "Eligible applicant" means a student from any high school |
9 | | in this State, whether or not recognized by the State Board of |
10 | | Education, who is engaged in a program of study that in due |
11 | | course will be completed by the end of the school year and who |
12 | | meets all of the qualifications and requirements under this |
13 | | Section. |
14 | | "Tuition and other necessary fees" includes the customary |
15 | | charge for instruction and use of facilities in general and the |
16 | | additional fixed fees charged for specified purposes that are |
17 | | required generally of non-grant recipients for each academic |
18 | | period for which the grant applicant actually enrolls, but does |
19 | | not include fees payable only once or breakage fees and other |
20 | | contingent deposits that are refundable in whole or in part. |
21 | | The Commission may adopt, by rule not inconsistent with this |
22 | | Section, detailed provisions concerning the computation of |
23 | | tuition and other necessary fees. |
24 | | (c) Beginning with the 2019-2020 academic year, each public |
25 | | university may establish a merit-based scholarship pilot |
26 | | program known as the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. Each year, |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 241 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | the Commission shall receive and consider applications from |
2 | | public universities under this Section. Subject to |
3 | | appropriation and any tuition waiver limitation established by |
4 | | the Board of Higher Education, a public university campus may |
5 | | award a grant to a student under this Section if it finds that |
6 | | the applicant meets all of the following criteria: |
7 | | (1) He or she is a resident of this State and a citizen |
8 | | or eligible noncitizen of the United States. |
9 | | (2) He or she files a Free Application for Federal |
10 | | Student Aid and demonstrates financial need with a |
11 | | household income no greater than 6 times the poverty |
12 | | guidelines updated periodically in the Federal Register by |
13 | | the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services under the |
14 | | authority of 42 U.S.C. 9902(2). The household income of the |
15 | | applicant at the time of initial application shall be |
16 | | deemed to be the household income of the applicant for the |
17 | | duration of the pilot program. |
18 | | (3) He or she meets the minimum cumulative grade point |
19 | | average or ACT or SAT college admissions test score, as |
20 | | determined by the public university campus. |
21 | | (4) He or she is enrolled in a public university as an |
22 | | undergraduate student on a full-time basis. |
23 | | (5) He or she has not yet received a baccalaureate |
24 | | degree or the equivalent of 135 semester credit hours. |
25 | | (6) He or she is not incarcerated. |
26 | | (7) He or she is not in default on any student loan or |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 242 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | does not owe a refund or repayment on any State or federal |
2 | | grant or scholarship. |
3 | | (8) Any other reasonable criteria, as determined by the |
4 | | public university campus. |
5 | | (d) Each public university campus shall determine grant |
6 | | renewal criteria consistent with the requirements under this |
7 | | Section. |
8 | | (e) Each participating public university campus shall post |
9 | | on its Internet website criteria and eligibility requirements |
10 | | for receiving awards that use funds under this Section that |
11 | | include a range in the sizes of these individual awards. The |
12 | | criteria and amounts must also be reported to the Commission |
13 | | and the Board of Higher Education, who shall post the |
14 | | information on their respective Internet websites. |
15 | | (f) After enactment of an appropriation for this Program, |
16 | | the Commission shall determine an allocation of funds to each |
17 | | public university in an amount proportionate to the number of |
18 | | undergraduate students who are residents of this State and |
19 | | citizens or eligible noncitizens of the United States and who |
20 | | were enrolled at each public university campus in the previous |
21 | | academic year. All applications must be made to the Commission |
22 | | on or before a date determined by the Commission and on forms |
23 | | that the Commission shall provide to each public university |
24 | | campus. The form of the application and the information |
25 | | required shall be determined by the Commission and shall |
26 | | include, without limitation, the total public university |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 243 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | campus funds used to match funds received from the Commission |
2 | | in the previous academic year under this Section, if any, the |
3 | | total enrollment of undergraduate students who are residents of |
4 | | this State from the previous academic year, and any supporting |
5 | | documents as the Commission deems necessary. Each public |
6 | | university campus shall match the amount of funds received by |
7 | | the Commission with financial aid for eligible students. |
8 | | A public university campus is not required to claim its |
9 | | entire allocation. The Commission shall make available to all |
10 | | public universities, on a date determined by the Commission, |
11 | | any unclaimed funds and the funds must be made available to |
12 | | those public university campuses in the proportion determined |
13 | | under this subsection (f), excluding from the calculation those |
14 | | public university campuses not claiming their full |
15 | | allocations. |
16 | | Each public university campus may determine the award |
17 | | amounts for eligible students on an individual or broad basis, |
18 | | but, subject to renewal eligibility, each renewed award may not |
19 | | be less than the amount awarded to the eligible student in his |
20 | | or her first year attending the public university campus. |
21 | | Notwithstanding this limitation, a renewal grant may be reduced |
22 | | due to changes in the student's cost of attendance, including, |
23 | | but not limited to, if a student reduces the number of credit |
24 | | hours in which he or she is enrolled, but remains a full-time |
25 | | student, or switches to a course of study with a lower tuition |
26 | | rate. |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 244 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | An eligible applicant awarded grant assistance under this |
2 | | Section is eligible to receive other financial aid. Total grant |
3 | | aid to the student from all sources may not exceed the total |
4 | | cost of attendance at the public university campus. |
5 | | (g) All money allocated to a public university campus under |
6 | | this Section may be used only for financial aid purposes for |
7 | | students attending the public university campus during the |
8 | | academic year, not including summer terms. Notwithstanding any |
9 | | other provision of law to the contrary, any funds received by a |
10 | | public university campus under this Section that are not |
11 | | granted to students in the academic year for which the funds |
12 | | are received may be retained by the public university campus |
13 | | for expenditure on students participating in the Program or |
14 | | students eligible to participate in the Program. |
15 | | (h) Each public university campus that establishes a |
16 | | Program under this Section must annually report to the |
17 | | Commission, on or before a date determined by the Commission, |
18 | | the number of undergraduate students enrolled at that campus |
19 | | who are residents of this State. |
20 | | (i) Each public university campus must report to the |
21 | | Commission the total non-loan financial aid amount given by the |
22 | | public university campus to undergraduate students in the |
23 | | 2017-2018 academic year, not including the summer term. To be |
24 | | eligible to receive funds under the Program, a public |
25 | | university campus may not decrease the total amount of non-loan |
26 | | financial aid it gives to undergraduate students, not including |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 245 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | any funds received from the Commission under this Section or |
2 | | any funds used to match grant awards under this Section, to an |
3 | | amount lower than the reported amount for the 2017-2018 |
4 | | academic year, not including the summer term. |
5 | | (j) On or before a date determined by the Commission, each |
6 | | public university campus that participates in the Program under |
7 | | this Section shall annually submit a report to the Commission |
8 | | with all of the following information: |
9 | | (1) The Program's impact on tuition revenue and |
10 | | enrollment goals and increase in access and affordability |
11 | | at the public university campus. |
12 | | (2) Total funds received by the public university |
13 | | campus under the Program. |
14 | | (3) Total non-loan financial aid awarded to |
15 | | undergraduate students attending the public university |
16 | | campus. |
17 | | (4) Total amount of funds matched by the public |
18 | | university campus. |
19 | | (5) Total amount of claimed and unexpended funds |
20 | | retained by the public university campus. |
21 | | (6) The percentage of total financial aid distributed |
22 | | under the Program by the public university campus. |
23 | | (7) The total number of students receiving grants from |
24 | | the public university campus under the Program and those |
25 | | students' grade level, race, gender, income level, family |
26 | | size, Monetary Award Program eligibility, Pell Grant |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 246 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | eligibility, and zip code of residence and the amount of |
2 | | each grant award. This information shall include unit |
3 | | record data on those students regarding variables |
4 | | associated with the parameters of the public university's |
5 | | Program, including, but not limited to, a student's ACT or |
6 | | SAT college admissions test score, high school or |
7 | | university cumulative grade point average, or program of |
8 | | study. |
9 | | On or before October 1, 2020 and annually on or before |
10 | | October 1 thereafter, the Commission shall submit a report with |
11 | | the findings under this subsection (j) and any other |
12 | | information regarding the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program to (i) |
13 | | the Governor, (ii) the Speaker of the House of Representatives, |
14 | | (iii) the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, (iv) |
15 | | the President of the Senate, and (v) the Minority Leader of the |
16 | | Senate. The reports to the General Assembly shall be filed with |
17 | | the Clerk of the House of Representatives and the Secretary of |
18 | | the Senate in electronic form only, in the manner that the |
19 | | Clerk and the Secretary shall direct. The Commission's report |
20 | | may not disaggregate data to a level that may disclose |
21 | | personally identifying information of individual students. |
22 | | The sharing and reporting of student data under this |
23 | | subsection (j) must be in accordance with the requirements |
24 | | under the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of |
25 | | 1974 and the Illinois School Student Records Act. All parties |
26 | | must preserve the confidentiality of the information as |
|
| | 10100SB1569ham002 | - 247 - | LRB101 09273 NHT 72142 a |
|
|
1 | | required by law. The names of the grant recipients under this |
2 | | Section are not subject to disclosure under the Freedom of |
3 | | Information Act. |
4 | | Public university campuses that fail to submit a report |
5 | | under this subsection (j) or that fail to adhere to any other |
6 | | requirements under this Section may not be eligible for |
7 | | distribution of funds under the Program for the next academic |
8 | | year, but may be eligible for distribution of funds for each |
9 | | academic year thereafter. |
10 | | (k) The Commission shall adopt rules to implement this |
11 | | Section. |
12 | | (l) This Section is repealed on October 1, 2024.
|
13 | | (Source: P.A. 100-587, eff. 6-4-18; 100-1015, eff. 8-21-18; |
14 | | 100-1183, eff. 4-4-19; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-613, eff. |
15 | | 6-1-20.) |
16 | | Section 95. No acceleration or delay. Where this Act makes |
17 | | changes in a statute that is represented in this Act by text |
18 | | that is not yet or no longer in effect (for example, a Section |
19 | | represented by multiple versions), the use of that text does |
20 | | not accelerate or delay the taking effect of (i) the changes |
21 | | made by this Act or (ii) provisions derived from any other |
22 | | Public Act.
|
23 | | Section 99. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon |
24 | | becoming law.".
|